ANTI-cMet ANTIBODY DRUG CONJUGATES AND METHODS FOR THEIR USE

ABSTRACT

The present disclosure provides antibody drug conjugates that bind human cMET, their methods of making, and their uses to treat patients having cancer.

CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation of U.S. Application 16/746,497, filedJan. 17, 2020, which is a continuation of U.S. Application 16/424,324,filed May 28, 2019, now Pat. No. 10,603,389, which is a continuation ofU.S. Application No. 15/910,788, filed Mar. 2, 2018, now Pat. No.10,383,948, issued Aug. 20, 2019, which is a continuation of U.S.Application No. 15/597,624, filed May 17, 2017, which claims the benefitof priority under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Application No.62/337,796, filed May 17, 2016, the contents of each of which areincorporated herein by reference in their entireties.

SEQUENCE LISTING

The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has beensubmitted electronically in XML format and is hereby incorporated byreference in its entirety. Said XML copy, created on Feb. 3, 2023, isnamed 350794.29822.xml and is 198,442 bytes in size.

FIELD

This application pertains to, among other things, anti-cMet antibodydrug conjugates (“ADCs”), compositions including the ADCs, methods ofmaking the ADCs, methods of selecting specific patient populations forcancer treatment with a anti-cMet ADC, and methods of using the ADCs totreat cancers.

BACKGROUND

Oncogenic protein kinases such as cMet represent a class of biologicallyimportant targets for cancer intervention. cMet, a well characterizedreceptor tyrosine kinase encoded by the MET proto-oncogene, is the cellsurface receptor for hepatocyte growth factor (HGF; Gherardi E,Birchmeier W, Birchmeier C et al. Targeting MET in cancer: rationale andprogress. Nat Rev Can. 2012;12:89-103). cMet overexpression occurs inapproximately 30% – 50% of solid tumors including non-small cell lungcancer (NSCLC), colorectal cancer (CRC), and advanced gastroesophagealcancer (AGEC) (Spigel DR, Ervin TJ, Ramlau RA, et al. Randomized PhaseII trial of onartuzumab in combination with erlotinib in patients withadvanced non-small-cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. 2013;31(32):41054114;Resnick MB, Routhier J, Konkin T et al. Epidermal growth factorreceptor, cMET, B-catenin, and p53 expression as prognostic indicatorsin stage II colon cancer: a tissue microarray study. Clin Can Res.2004;10:3069-3075; Lee HE, Kim MA, Lee HS, et al. MET in gastriccarcinomas: comparison between protein express and gene copy number andimpact on outcome. Br J Can. 2012;107(2):325-333).

Overexpression of cMet has been associated with poor patient outcome.Thus, there remains a need for cancer therapeutics that target solidtumor cancers characterized by overexpression of cMet.

SUMMARY

The therapies described herein target solid tumor cancers in which cMetis overexpressed in at least 10% of the patient population having thecancer. cMet (cellular mesenchymal-epithelial transition factor) is acell-surface receptor tyrosine kinase that transduces signals from theextracellular matrix into the cytoplasm by binding to hepatocyte growthfactor/HGF ligand. This cell surface receptor is expressed in epithelialcells of many organs, including the liver, pancreas, prostate, kidney,muscle and bone marrow, during both embryogenesis and adulthood. cMetregulates many physiological processes including cell proliferation andsurvival, migration and scattering (cell-cell repulsion), tissuemorphogenesis, organ regeneration, and tissue remodeling. In cancer andother pathological processes, cMet is often aberrantly activated viamutation, amplification, or protein overexpression.

Solid tumor cancers in which cMet is overexpressed in at least 10% ofthe patient population include lung cancer, colorectal cancer, head andneck cancer, pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, glioblastoma, ovarian,breast, prostate, cervical, and esophageal cancer. Data presented hereindemonstrate, for the first time, that antibody drug conjugates (“ADCs”)that specifically target cMet overexpression have demonstratedanti-tumor activity in patients diagnosed with non-small cell lungcancer. Data demonstrating in vivo anti-tumor efficacy of anti-cMet ADCsadministered as monotherapy or combination are provided in Examples10-14 and 16, and FIGS. 8-12 and 14-18 .

cMet overexpression can be defined by an immunohistorychemistry (IHC)H-score of greater than or equal to 150 when measured according to theassay of Example 17. Briefly, IHC staining protocol for cMetoverexpression has been developed using the Ventana cMet CONFIRM (SP44)kit. Tissue samples are stained with the Ventana antibody and thenscored by determining the percentages of target tissue cells staining atvarious intensity levels of low to high. FIG. 20 depicts representativeH-scores using the assay described in Example 17.

Alternatively, cMet overexpressing tumor tissue using an IHC score from0 to 3+ as described in Example 17. FIG. 19 and FIG. 21 depictrepresentative IHC scores using the assay described in Example 17.

The anti-cMet ADCs may be administered as single therapeutic agents(monotherapy) or adjunctively with or to other anti-cancer treatmentsand/or therapeutic agents, typically but not necessarily those used totreat the type of cancers being treated. Indeed, data presented hereindemonstrate that tumors that exhibit resistance to other targeted ornon-targeted chemotherapies retain sensitivity to anti-cMet ADCs (see,e.g., Example 14 and FIGS. 12A-12C). Accordingly, the anti-cMet ADCsdescribed herein provide significant benefits over current targeted andnon-targeted approaches toward the treatment of solid tumor cancers thatoverexpress cMet. Adjunctive therapies and/or therapeutic agentstypically will be used at their approved dose, route of administration,and frequency of administration, but may be used at lower dosages and/orless frequently. When administered as monotherapy, the anti-cMet ADCwill typically be administered on a schedule that provides therapeuticbenefit. It is contemplated that anti-cMet ADCs administered once aweek, once every two weeks, once every three weeks, once every fourweeks, once every five weeks, once every six weeks, once every sevenweeks or once every eight weeks will provide therapeutic benefit,although more or less frequent administration may be beneficial. Whenadministered adjunctive to or with another therapy and/or agent, theanti-cMet ADC may be administered before, after or concurrently with theother therapy or agent.

The anti-cMet ADCs may be administered via a variety of routes or modesof administration, including but not limited to, intravenous infusionand/or injection and subcutaneous injection. The amount administeredwill depend upon the route of administration, the dosing schedule, thetype of cancer being treated, the stage of the cancer being treated, andother parameters such as the age and weight of the patient, as is wellknown in the art. Specific exemplary dosing schedules expected toprovide therapeutic benefit are provided in the Detailed Description.Generally, an amount of anti-cMet ADC in the range of about 0.005 to 15mg/kg when administered intravenously on a weekly basis from once weeklyto and including once every eight weeks is expected to providetherapeutic benefit.

Accordingly, in one aspect, the present disclosure provides ADCs thatspecifically bind cMet (“anti-cMet ADCs”). The anti-cMet ADCs comprisecytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents linked by way of linkers to anantigen binding moiety that specifically binds cMet. In someembodiments, the antigen binding moiety is an antibody and/or an antigenbinding fragment.

Antibodies and/or binding fragments composing the anti-cMet ADCsgenerally comprise a heavy chain comprising a variable region (V_(H))having three complementarity determining regions (“CDRs”) referred toherein (in N→C order) as V_(H) CDR#1, V_(H) CDR#2, and V_(H) CDR#3, anda light chain comprising a variable region (V_(L)) having threecomplementarity determining regions referred to herein (in N→C order) asV_(L) CDR#1, V_(L) CDR#2, and V_(L) CDR#3. The amino acid sequences ofexemplary CDRs, as well as the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) andV_(L) regions of the heavy and light chains of exemplary anti-cMetantibodies and/or binding fragments that can compose the anti-cMet ADCsare provided herein. Specific embodiments of anti-cMet ADCs include, butare not limited to, ABT-700 and STI-0602.

For therapeutic uses, it may be desirable to utilize anti-cMet ADCs thatbind cMet with an affinity of at least 100 nM. Accordingly, in someembodiments, the anti- cMet ADCs comprise an anti- cMet and/or anti-cMet binding fragment that binds cMet with an affinity of at least about100 nM, or even higher, for example, at least about 90 nM, 80 nM, 70 nM,60 nM, 50 nM, 40 nM, 30 nM, 25 nM, 20 nM, 15 nM, 10 nM, 7 nM, 6 nM, 5nM, 4 nM, 3 nM, 2 nM, 1 nM, 0.1 nM, 0.01 nM, or greater. Affinity ofanti- cMet antibodies and/or binding fragments can be determined usingtechniques well known in the art or described herein, such as forexample, ELISA, isothermal titration calorimetry (ITC), surface plasmonresonance, flow cytometry, or fluorescent polarization assay. In someembodiments, the affinity refers to apparent affinity EC₅₀ values,measured according to Example 5. In one embodiment, the antibody has anapparent affinity EC₅₀ value from lower than about 10 nanomol/L,preferably from about 1 picomol/L to 10 nanomol/L, preferably about 0.3nanomol/L, as determined according to Example 5.

Antibodies may be in the form of full-length antibodies, bispecificantibodies, dual variable domain antibodies, multiple chain or singlechain antibodies, surrobodies (including surrogate light chainconstruct), single domain antibodies, camelized antibodies, scFv-Fcantibodies, and the like. They may be of, or derived from, any isotype,including, for example, IgA (e.g., IgA₁ or IgA₂), IgD, IgE, IgG (e.g.,IgG₁, IgG₂, IgG₃ or IgG₄), IgM, or IgY. In some embodiments, theanti-cMet antibody is an IgG (e.g., IgG₁, IgG₂, IgG₃ or IgG₄).Antibodies may be of human or non-human origin. Examples of non-humanorigin include, but are not limited to, mammalian origin (e.g., simians,rodents, goats, and rabbits) or avian origin (e.g., chickens). Inspecific embodiments, antibodies composing the anti- cMet ADCs aresuitable for administration to humans, such as, for example, humanizedantibodies and/or fully human antibodies.

Antigen binding fragments composing the anti- cMet ADCs may include anyfragment of an antibody capable of specifically binding cMet. Specificexamples of antibody binding fragments that may be included in the anti-cMet ADCs include, but are not limited to, Fab, Fab′, (Fab′)₂, Fv andscFv.

Antibodies and/or binding fragments composing the anti-cMet ADCs mayinclude modifications and/or mutations that alter the properties of theantibodies and/or fragments, such as those that increase half-life,increase or decrease ADCC, etc., as is known in the art.

The cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents composing the anti-cMet ADCs maybe any agents known to inhibit the growth and/or replication of, and/orkill cells. Numerous agents having cytotoxic and/or cytostaticproperties are known in the literature. Non-limiting examples of classesof cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents include, by way of example and notlimitation, cell cycle modulators, apoptosis regulators, kinaseinhibitors, protein synthesis inhibitors, alkylating agents, DNAcross-linking agents, intercalating agents, mitochondria inhibitors,nuclear export inhibitors, topoisomerase I inhibitors, topoisomerase IIinhibitors, RNA/DNA antimetabolites and antimitotic agents.

In a specific embodiment, a cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent composingan anti-cMet ADC is a cell-permeating antimitotic agent, such as, forexample, an auristatin. Specific examples of cell-permeating auristatinsinclude, but are not limited to, dolastatin-10 and monomethyl auristatinE (“MMAE”). In another specific embodiment, a cytotoxic and/orcytostatic agent composing an anti-cMet ADC is a cell-permeating DNAcross-linking agent, such as a cell-permeating minor groove-binding DNAcross-linking agent. Specific examples of cell-permeating DNA minorgroove-binding agents include, but are not limited to,pyrrolobenzodiazepines (“PBD”) and PBD dimers.

The linkers linking the cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents to theantigen binding moiety of an anti-cMet ADC may be long, short, flexible,rigid, hydrophilic or hydrophobic in nature, or may comprise segmentsthat have different characteristics, such as segments of flexibility,segments of rigidity, etc. The linker may be chemically stable toextracellular environments, for example, chemically stable in the bloodstream, or may include linkages that are not stable and release thecytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents in the extracellular milieu. In someembodiments, the linkers include linkages that are designed to releasethe cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents upon internalization of the anti-cMet ADC within the cell. In some specific embodiments, the linkersincludes linkages designed to cleave and/or immolate or otherwisebreakdown specifically or non-specifically inside cells. A wide varietyof linkers useful for linking drugs to antigen binding moieties such asantibodies in the context of ADCs are known in the art. Any of theselinkers, as well as other linkers, may be used to link the cytotoxicand/or cytostatic agents to the antigen binding moiety of the anti- cMetADCs described herein.

The number of cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents linked to the antigenbinding moiety of an anti- cMet ADC can vary (called the“drug-to-antibody ratio,” or “DAR”), and will be limited only by thenumber of available attachments sites on the antigen binding moiety andthe number of agents linked to a single linker. Typically, a linker willlink a single cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent to the antigen bindingmoiety of an anti- cMet ADC. In embodiments of anti- cMet ADCs whichinclude more than a single cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent, each agentmay be the same or different. As long as the anti- cMet ADC does notexhibit unacceptable levels of aggregation under the conditions of useand/or storage, anti-cMet ADCs with DARs of twenty, or even higher, arecontemplated. In some embodiments, the anti-cMet ADCs described hereinmay have a DAR in the range of about 1-10, 1-8, 1-6, or 1-4. In certainspecific embodiments, the anti-cMet ADCs may have a DAR of 2, 3, or 4.In other specific embodiments, the anti-cMet ADCs may have an averageDAR of 3.1.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

FIGS. 1A-1E show the amino acid sequences of several cMet antibodies.

FIGS. 2A-2B: illustrate ABBV-399 Process 1.

FIGS. 3A-3B illustrate ABBV-399 Process 2.

FIGS. 4A-4D depict ABBV-399 cytotoxicity in cMet expressing cell lines.

FIG. 5 provides proliferation inhibition results with ABBV-399 andABT-700 PBD.

FIGS. 6A-6B show in vitro activity of ABT-700 PBD in colorectal cancercell lines.

FIG. 7 shows in vitro activity of ABT-700 PBD in brain cancer celllines.

FIG. 8 shows ABT-700 PBD activity in SW48 xenografts.

FIGS. 9A-9C show the activiy of ABT-700 PBD and ABBV-399 in NSCLCpatient xenografts.

FIGS. 10A-10B show the activity of ABBV-399 in NSCLC patient xenograftsusing Kaplan-Meier plots.

FIGS. 11A-11B compare the activity of ABT-700 versus ABBV-399 in humantumor xenografts; FIG. 11C shows the activity of ABBV-339 alone or incombination with FOLFIRI.

FIGS. 12A-12C depict the activity of ABBV-399 in human xenograft modelsrefractory to ABT-700.

FIG. 13 provides theABBV-399 dose escalation scheme for the monotherapyphase I trial.

FIG. 14 provides a waterfall plot showing best percent change in targetlesions.

FIG. 15 provides a waterfall plot showing best percent change in targetlesions/cMet levels with ABBV-399 monotherapy.

FIG. 16 shows the number of weeks before clinical progression in 16patients treated with ABBV-399.

FIG. 17 is a waterfall plot showing best percent change in targetlesions ABBV-399 combination with erlotinib.

FIG. 18 shows the number of weeks before clinical progression in 6patients treated with ABBV-399 and erlotinib.

FIG. 19 illustrates the Ventana’s SP44 scoring guide.

FIG. 20 illustrates patient selection based on cMet overexpression.

FIG. 21 provides exemplary IHC scores using the method of Example 17.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION 5.1. Abbreviations

The antibodies, binding fragments, ADCs and polynucleotides describedherein are, in many embodiments, described by way of their respectivepolypeptide or polynucleotide sequences. Unless indicated otherwise,polypeptide sequences are provided in N→C orientation; polynucleotidesequences in 5′→3′ orientation. For polypeptide sequences, theconventional three or one-letter abbreviations for the geneticallyencoded amino acids may be used, as noted in TABLE 1, below.

TABLE 1 Encoded Amino Acid Abbreviations Amino Acid Three LetterAbbreviation One-Letter Abbreviation Alanine Ala A Arginine Arg RAsparagine Asn N Aspartic acid Asp D Cysteine Cys C Glutamic acid Glu EGlutamine Gln Q Glycine Gly G Histidine His H Isoleucine Ile I LeucineLeu L Lysine Lys K Methionine Met M Phenylalanine Phe F Proline Pro PSerine Ser S Threonine Thr T Tryptophan Trp W Tyrosine Tyr Y Valine ValV

Certain sequences are defined by structural formulae specifying aminoacid residues belonging to certain classes (e.g., aliphatic,hydrophobic, etc.). The various classes to which the genetically encodedamino acids belong as used herein are noted in TABLE 2, below. Someamino acids may belong to more than one class. Cysteine, which containsa sulfhydryl group, and proline, which is conformationally constrained,are not assigned classes.

TABLE 2 Encoded Amino Acid Classes Class Amino Acids Aliphatic A, I, L,VAromatic F, Y, W Non-Polar M, A, I, L, V Polar N, Q, S, T Basic H, K, RAcidic D, E Small A, G

5.2. Definitions

Unless otherwise defined herein, scientific and technical terms used inconnection with the present disclosure shall have the meanings that arecommonly understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.

5.3. Antibody Drug Conjugates That Bind to cMet and cMet OverexpressionAssay

The present disclosure concerns antibody drug conjugates thatspecifically bind human cMet, compositions comprising the ADCs,anti-cMet antibodies and/or binding fragments that can comprise theADCs, polynucleotides encoding anti-cMet antibodies and/or bindingfragments that comprise the ADCs, host cells capable of producing theantibodies and/or binding fragments, methods and compositions useful formaking the antibodies, binding fragments and ADCs, and various methodsof using the ADCs in cancer treatment.

Data provided herein demonstrate, for the first time, that antibody drugconjugates (“ADCs”) specifically targeting cMet exhibit potent antitumoreffects, both alone and in combination with other targeted andnon-targeted antitumor therapies, against solid tumors in which cMet isoverexpressed, particularly those with an IHC-score of 2+ and 3+ whenmeasured by immunohistochemistry with the SP44 antibody. Datademonstrating in vivo anti-tumor efficacy of ABBV-399 administered asmonotherapy are provided in the Examples.

For purposes of this application, including the claims, the particularassay used in the study described herein is referred to as the “cMetABBV-ADC staining protocol.” This protocol is described in detail inExample 17 and the results are expressed in terms of H-score and mayalso be expressed in terms of IHC score or other scoring system wellknown in the art.

The H-score approach provides optimal data resolution for determiningvariation in intensity and tumor percentage of staining within and amongtumor types. It also provides a good tool for determining thresholds forpositive staining. In this method, the percentage of cells (0-100)within a tumor with staining intensities ranging from 0-3+ are provided.This protocol results in staining of the cMet protein both in thecytoplasm and in the cell surface/membrane. The staining intensity foreach cell in a fixed field (typically, 100 cells) of the processed tumorbiopsy is determined, and an individual value is attributed to each cellas follows, depending on the cell surface/membrane staining:

0 = no staining 1+ = weak staining 2+ = moderate staining 3+ = strongstaining

To obtain an H-score, the percentage of tumor cells are multiplied byeach intensity and added together. The maximum H-score is 300 if 100% oftumor cells label with 3+ intensity. The H-score is calculated asfollows:

$\begin{array}{l}{\text{H-score} =} \\\left\lbrack {1\mspace{6mu}\text{x}\left( {\%\mspace{6mu}\text{cells 1+}} \right) + 2\mspace{6mu}\text{x}\left( {\%\mspace{6mu}\text{cells}\mspace{6mu}\text{2+}} \right) + 3\mspace{6mu}\text{x}\left( {\%\text{cells 3+}} \right)} \right\rbrack\end{array}$

This protocol results both in cytoplasmic and membrane cMet staining.For the H-score calculations referred to herein, membrane staining wasused. The final tumor H-score (0-300) score gives more relative weightto higher-intensity membrane staining (3+ cell > 2+ cell > 1+ cell).FIG. 20 shows exemplary staining results for various tumor H-scores (15,90, 180, and 290) obtained with the “cMet ABBV-ADC staining protocol.”

Each tumor can also be given an IHC score of IHC 0, IHC 1+, IHC 2+, orIHC 3+. While both the IHC and H scores involve 0, 1+, 2+, and 3+ valuesthey are not to be confused. For the H-score, 0, 1+, 2+, and 3+ valuesrefer to the intensity of staining of an individual cell. For the IHCscore, 0, 1+, 2+, and 3+ values refer to the overall staining of aparticular area of the tumor sample. FIG. 21 shows exemplary stainingresults for various tumor IHC0/1+/2+/3+ scores obtained with the “cMetABBV-ADC staining protocol.”

For the purposes on this disclosure, and following the protocoldescribed herein, if none of the cells in a fixed field are stained, thevalue attributed to the tumor is IHC 0. If the overall level of stainingin a fixed field is low, the value attributed is IHC 1+. If most of thecells in a fixed field exhibit moderate staining, the value attributedis IHC 2+. If most of the cells in a fixed field exhibit strongstaining, the value attributed is IHC 3+.

In another embodiment, and for the purposes on this disclosure, andfollowing the protocol described herein, if none of the cells in a fixedfield are stained, the value attributed to the tumor is IHC 0. If theoverall level of staining in a fixed field is low, the value attributedis IHC 1+. If at least 15% of the cells in a fixed field exhibitmoderate staining, the value attributed is IHC 2+. If at least 15% ofthe cells in a fixed field exhibit strong staining, the value attributedis IHC 3+.

For purposes of this disclosure, an H-score between 150 and 224 isequivalent to an IHC score of 2+ and an H-score of 225 and above isequivalent to an IHC score of 3+.

Accordingly, in one aspect, the present disclosure provides ADCs thatspecifically bind cMet (“anti-cMet ADCs”). The anti-cMet ADCs comprisecytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents linked by way of linkers to anantigen binding moiety that specifically binds cMet. In the case ofABBV-399, the antigen binding moiety (ABT-700) binds cMet at IPT domain1 of human cMet. In other anti-cMet ADCs, the antigen binding moiety maybe any moiety capable of specifically binding cMet. In some embodiments,the antigen binding moiety is an antibody and/or an antibody bindingfragment.

In a specific embodiment, a cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent composingan anti-cMet ADC is a cell-permeating antimitotic agent, such as, forexample, an auristatin. Specific examples of cell-permeating auristatinsinclude, but are not limited to, dolastatin-10 and monomethyl auristatinE (“MMAE”). In another specific embodiment, a cytotoxic and/orcytostatic agent composing an anti-cMet ADC is a cell-permeating DNAcross-linking agent, such as a cell-permeating minor groove-binding DNAcross-linking agent. Specific examples of cell-permeating DNA minorgroove-binding agents include, but are not limited to,pyrrolobenzodiazepines (“PBD”) and PBD dimers.

As will be appreciated by skilled artisans, antibodies and/or bindingfragments are “modular” in nature. Throughout the disclosure, variousspecific embodiments of the various “modules” composing the antibodiesand/or binding fragments are described. As specific non-limitingexamples, various specific embodiments of V_(H) CDRs, V_(H) chains,V_(L) CDRs and V_(L) chains are described. It is intended that all ofthe specific embodiments may be combined with each other as though eachspecific combination were explicitly described individually.

The ADCs disclosed herein are also “modular” in nature. Throughout thedisclosure, various specific embodiments of the “modules” composing theADCs are described. As non-limiting examples, specific embodiments ofantibodies, linkers, and cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents that maycompose the ADCs are described. It is intended that all of the specificembodiments described may be combined with each other as though eachspecific combination were explicitly described individually.

It will also be appreciated by skilled artisans that the various ADCsdescribed herein may be in the form of salts, and in some specificembodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable salts. The ADCs of thedisclosure that possess a sufficiently acidic, a sufficiently basic, orboth functional groups, can react with any of a number of inorganicbases, and inorganic and organic acids, to form a salt. Alternatively,compounds that are inherently charged, such as those with a quaternarynitrogen, can form a salt with an appropriate counter ion, e.g., ahalide such as a bromide, chloride, or fluoride.

Acids commonly employed to form acid addition salts are inorganic acidssuch as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuricacid, phosphoric acid, and the like, and organic acids such asp-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, oxalic acid,p-bromophenyl-sulfonic acid, carbonic acid, succinic acid, citric acid,etc. Base addition salts include those derived from inorganic bases,such as ammonium and alkali or alkaline earth metal hydroxides,carbonates, bicarbonates, and the like.

5.4. Antibodies to cMet

In specific exemplary embodiments, the antigen binding moiety is anantibody or an antigen binding fragment.

As used herein, the term “antibody” (Ab) refers to an immunoglobulinmolecule that specifically binds to, or is immunologically reactivewith, a particular antigen- here, cMet. Antibodies comprisecomplementarity determining regions (CDRs), also known as hypervariableregions, in both the light chain and heavy chain variable domains. Themore highly conserved portions of the variable domains are called theframework (FR). As is known in the art, the amino acid position/boundarydelineating a hypervariable region of an antibody can vary, depending onthe context and the various definitions known in the art. Some positionswithin a variable domain may be viewed as hybrid hypervariable positionsin that these positions can be deemed to be within a hypervariableregion under one set of criteria, while being deemed to be outside ahypervariable region under a different set of criteria. One or more ofthese positions can also be found in extended hypervariable regions. Thevariable domains of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FRregions, largely by adopting a β-sheet configuration, connected by threeCDRs, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of,the β-sheet structure. The CDRs in each chain are held together in closeproximity by the FR regions and, with the CDRs from the other chain,contribute to the formation of the antigen binding site of antibodies.See Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest(National Institute of Health, Bethesda, Md. 1987). As used herein,numbering of immunoglobulin amino acid residues is done according to theimmunoglobulin amino acid residue numbering system of Kabat et al.unless otherwise indicated.

Antibodies and/or binding fragments composing the anti-cMet ADCsgenerally comprise a heavy chain comprising a variable region (V_(H))having three complementarity determining regions (“CDRs”) referred toherein (in N→C order) as V_(H) CDR#1, V_(H) CDR#2, and V_(H) CDR#3, anda light chain comprising a variable region (V_(L)) having threecomplementarity determining regions referred to herein (in N→C order) asV_(L) CDR#1, V_(L) CDR#2, and V_(L) CDR#3. The amino acid sequences ofexemplary CDRs, as well as the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) andV_(L) regions of the heavy and light chains of exemplary anti-cMetantibodies and/or binding fragments that can be included in antigenbinding moieties composing the anti-cMet ADCs are provided herein.Specific embodiments of anti-cMet ADCs include, but are not limited to,those that comprise antibodies and/or binding fragments that includethese exemplary CDRs and/or V_(H) and/or V_(L) sequences, as well asantibodies and/or binding fragments that compete for binding cMet withsuch antibodies and/or binding fragments.

Antibodies may be in the form of full-length antibodies, bispecificantibodies, dual variable domain antibodies, multiple chain or singlechain antibodies, surrobodies (including surrogate light chainconstruct), single domain antibodies, camelized antibodies, scFv-Fcantibodies, and the like. They may be of, or derived from, any isotype,including, for example, IgA (e.g., IgA₁ or IgA₂), IgD, IgE, IgG (e.g.,IgG₁, IgG₂, IgG₃ or IgG₄), IgM, or IgY. In some embodiments, the anti-cMet antibody is an IgG (e.g., IgG₁, IgG₂, IgG₃ or IgG₄). Antibodies maybe of human or non-human origin. Examples of non-human origin include,but are not limited to, mammalian origin (e.g., simians, rodents, goats,and rabbits) or avian origin (e.g., chickens). In specific embodiments,antibodies composing the anti-cMet ADCs are suitable for administrationto humans, such as, for example, humanized antibodies and/or fully humanantibodies.

Antibodies composing anti-cMet ADCs may be polyclonal, monoclonal,genetically engineered, and/or otherwise modified in nature, includingbut not limited to, chimeric antibodies, humanized antibodies, humanantibodies, primatized antibodies, single chain antibodies, bispecificantibodies, dual-variable domain antibodies, etc. In variousembodiments, the antibodies comprise all or a portion of a constantregion of an antibody. In some embodiments, the constant region is anisotype selected from: IgA (e.g., IgA₁ or IgA₂), IgD, IgE, IgG (e.g.,IgG₁, IgG₂, IgG₃ or IgG₄), IgM, and IgY. In specific embodiments,antibodies composing an anti-cMet ADC comprise an IgG₁ constant regionisotype.

The term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein is not limited toantibodies produced through hybridoma technology. A monoclonal antibodyis derived from a single clone, including any eukaryotic, prokaryotic,or phage clone, by any means available or known in the art. Monoclonalantibodies useful with the present disclosure can be prepared using awide variety of techniques known in the art including the use ofhybridoma, recombinant, and phage display technologies, or a combinationthereof. In many uses of the present disclosure, including in vivo useof ADCs including anti-cMet antibodies in humans, chimeric, primatized,humanized, or human antibodies can suitably be used.

The term “chimeric” antibody as used herein refers to an antibody havingvariable sequences derived from a non-human immunoglobulin, such as arat or a mouse antibody, and human immunoglobulin constant regions,typically chosen from a human immunoglobulin template. Methods forproducing chimeric antibodies are known in the art. See, e.g., Morrison,1985, Science 229(4719): 1202-7; Oi et al., 1986, BioTechniques4:214-221; Gillies et al., 1985, J. Immunol. Methods 125: 191-202; U.S.Pat. Nos. 5,807,715; 4,816,567; and 4,816,397, which are incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties.

“Humanized” forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies are chimericimmunoglobulins that contain minimal sequences derived from non-humanimmunoglobulin. In general, a humanized antibody will comprisesubstantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains,in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to thoseof a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FRregions are those of a human immunoglobulin sequence. The humanizedantibody can also comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulinconstant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin consensussequence. Methods of antibody humanization are known in the art. See,e.g., Riechmann et al., 1988, Nature 332:323-7; U.S. Pat. Nos:5,530,101; 5,585,089; 5,693,761; 5,693,762; and 6,180,370 to Queen etal.; EP239400; PCT publication WO 91/09967; U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539;EP592106; EP519596; Padlan, 1991, Mol. Immunol., 28:489-498; Studnickaet al., 1994, Prot. Eng. 7:805-814; Roguska et al., 1994, Proc. Natl.Acad. Sci. 91:969-973; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,565,332, all of which arehereby incorporated by reference in their entireties.

“Human antibodies” are antibodies having the amino acid sequence of ahuman immunoglobulin and include antibodies isolated from humanimmunoglobulin libraries or from animals transgenic for one or morehuman immunoglobulin and that do not express endogenous immunoglobulins.Human antibodies can be made by a variety of methods known in the artincluding phage display methods using antibody libraries derived fromhuman immunoglobulin sequences. See U.S. Patent Nos. 4,444,887 and4,716,111; and PCT publications WO 98/46645; WO 98/50433; WO 98/24893;WO 98/16654; WO 96/34096; WO 96/33735; and WO 91/10741, each of which isincorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Human antibodies canalso be produced using transgenic mice which are incapable of expressingfunctional endogenous immunoglobulins but which can express humanimmunoglobulin genes. See, e.g., PCT publications WO 98/24893; WO92/01047; WO 96/34096; WO 96/33735; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,413,923; 5,625,126;5,633,425; 5,569,825; 5,661,016; 5,545,806; 5,814,318; 5,885,793;5,916,771; and 5,939,598, which are incorporated by reference herein intheir entireties. In addition, companies such as Medarex (Princeton,NJ), Astellas Pharma (Deerfield, IL), Amgen (Thousand Oaks, CA) andRegeneron (Tarrytown, NY) can be engaged to provide human antibodiesdirected against a selected antigen using technology similar to thatdescribed above. Fully human antibodies that recognize a selectedepitope can be generated using a technique referred to as “guidedselection.” In this approach, a selected non-human monoclonal antibody,e.g., a mouse antibody, is used to guide the selection of a completelyhuman antibody recognizing the same epitope (see, Jespers et al., 1988,Biotechnology 12:899-903).

“Primatized antibodies” comprise monkey variable regions and humanconstant regions. Methods for producing primatized antibodies are knownin the art. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,658,570; 5,681,722; and5,693,780, which are incorporated herein by reference in theirentireties.

Anti-cMet ADCs may comprise full-length (intact) antibody molecules, aswell as antigen binding fragments that are capable of specificallybinding cMet. Examples of antibody binding fragments include by way ofexample and not limitation, Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)₂, Fv fragments, singlechain Fv fragments and single domain fragments.

A Fab fragment contains the constant domain of the light chain and thefirst constant domain (CH₂) of the heavy chain. Fab′ fragments differfrom Fab fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxylterminus of the heavy chain CH₂ domain including one or more cysteinesfrom the antibody hinge region. F(ab′) fragments are produced bycleavage of the disulfide bond at the hinge cysteines of the F(ab′)₂pepsin digestion product. Additional chemical couplings of antibodyfragments are known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Fab andF(ab′)₂ fragments lack the Fc fragment of intact antibody, clear morerapidly from the circulation of animals, and may have less non-specifictissue binding than an intact antibody (see, e.g., Wahl et al., 1983, J.Nucl. Med. 24:316).

An “Fv” fragment is the minimum fragment of an antibody that contains acomplete target recognition and binding site. This region consists of adimer of one heavy and one light chain variable domain in a tight,non-covalent association (V_(H)-V_(L) dimer). It is in thisconfiguration that the three CDRs of each variable domain interact todefine an antigen binding site on the surface of the V_(H)-V_(L) dimer.Often, the six CDRs confer antigen binding specificity upon theantibody. However, in some instances even a single variable domain (orhalf of an Fv comprising only three CDRs specific for a target) may havethe ability to recognize and bind antigen, although at a lower affinitythan the entire binding site.

“Single-chain Fv” or “scFv” antibody binding fragments comprise theV_(H) and V_(L) domains of an antibody, where these domains are presentin a single polypeptide chain. Generally, the Fv polypeptide furthercomprises a polypeptide linker between the V_(H) and V_(L) domains whichenables the scFv to form the desired structure for antigen binding.

Antibodies and/or binding fragments composing the anti-cMet ADCs mayinclude modifications and/or mutations that alter the properties of theantibodies and/or fragments, such as those that increase half-life,increase or decrease ADCC, etc., as is known in the art.

“Single domain antibodies” are composed of a single V_(H) or V_(L)domains which exhibit sufficient affinity to cMet. In a specificembodiment, the single domain antibody is a camelized antibody (See,e.g., Riechmann, 1999, Journal of Immunological Methods 231:25-38).

Antibodies composing the anti-cMet ADCs may also be bispecificantibodies. Bispecific antibodies comprised of monoclonal, often humanor humanized, antibodies that have binding specificities for twodifferent epitopes on the same or different antigens. In the presentdisclosure, one of the binding specificities can be directed towardscMet, the other can be for any other antigen, e.g., for a cell-surfaceprotein, receptor, receptor subunit, tissue-specific antigen, virallyderived protein, virally encoded envelope protein, bacterially derivedprotein, or bacterial surface protein, etc.

Antibodies composing anti-cMet ADCs may be derivatized. Derivatizedantibodies are typically modified by glycosylation, acetylation,pegylation, phosphorylation, amidation, derivatization by knownprotecting/blocking groups, proteolytic cleavage, linkage to a cellularligand or other protein. Any of numerous chemical modifications may becarried out by known techniques, including, but not limited to, specificchemical cleavage, acetylation, formylation, metabolic synthesis oftunicamycin, etc. Additionally, the derivative may contain one or morenon-natural amino acids, e.g., using ambrx technology. See, e.g.,Wolfson, 2006, Chem. Biol. 13(10):1011-2.

Antibodies or binding fragments composing anti-cMet ADCs may beantibodies or fragments whose sequences have been modified to alter atleast one constant region-mediated biological effector function. Forexample, in some embodiments, an anti-cMet antibody may be modified toreduce at least one constant region-mediated biological effectorfunction relative to the unmodified antibody, e.g., reduced binding tothe Fc receptor (FcyR). FcyR binding may be reduced by mutating theimmunoglobulin constant region segment of the antibody at particularregions necessary for FcyR interactions (See, e.g., Canfield andMorrison, 1991, J. Exp. Med. 173: 1483-1491; and Lund et al., 1991, J.Immunol. 147:2657-2662). Reducing FcyR binding may also reduce othereffector functions which rely on FcyR interactions, such asopsonization, phagocytosis and antigen-dependent cellular cytotoxicity(“ADCC”).

Antibodies included in anti-cMet ADCs may have low levels of, or lack,fucose. Antibodies lacking fucose have been correlated with enhancedADCC activity, especially at low doses of antibody. See Shields et al.,2002, J. Biol. Chem. 277:26733-26740; Shinkawa et al., 2003, J. Biol.Chem. 278:3466-73. Methods of preparing fucose-less antibodies includegrowth in rat myeloma YB2/0 cells (ATCC CRL 1662). YB2/0 cells expresslow levels of FUT8 mRNA, which encodes α-1,6-fucosyltransferase, anenzyme necessary for fucosylation of polypeptides.

Antibodies or binding fragments composing anti-cMet ADCs may includemodifications that increase or decrease their binding affinities to theneonatal Fc receptor, FcRn, for example, by mutating the immunoglobulinconstant region segment at particular regions involved in FcRninteractions (see, e.g., WO 2005/123780). In particular embodiments, ananti-cMet antibody of the IgG class is mutated such that at least one ofamino acid residues 250, 314, and 428 of the heavy chain constant regionis substituted alone, or in any combinations thereof, such as atpositions 250 and 428, or at positions 250 and 314, or at positions 314and 428, or at positions 250, 314, and 428, with substitution atpositions 250 and 428 being a specific combination. For position 250,the substituting amino acid residue may be any amino acid residue otherthan threonine, including, but not limited to, alanine, cysteine,aspartic acid, glutamic acid, phenylalanine, glycine, histidine,isoleucine, lysine, leucine, methionine, asparagine, proline, glutamine,arginine, serine, valine, tryptophan, or tyrosine. For position 314, thesubstituting amino acid residue may be any amino acid residue other thanleucine, including, but not limited to, alanine, cysteine, asparticacid, glutamic acid, phenylalanine, glycine, histidine, isoleucine,lysine, methionine, asparagine, proline, glutamine, arginine, serine,threonine, valine, tryptophan, or tyrosine. For position 428, thesubstituting amino acid residues may be any amino acid residue otherthan methionine, including, but not limited to, alanine, cysteine,aspartic acid, glutamic acid, phenylalanine, glycine, histidine,isoleucine, lysine, leucine, asparagine, proline, glutamine, arginine,serine, threonine, valine, tryptophan, or tyrosine. Specificcombinations of suitable amino acid substitutions are identified inTABLE 1 of U.S. Pat. No. 7,217,797, which is incorporated herein byreference. Such mutations increase binding to FcRn, which protects theantibody from degradation and increases its half-life.

An anti-cMet antibody and/or binding fragment may have one or more aminoacids inserted into one or more of its hypervariable regions, forexample as described in Jung & Pluckthun, 1997, Protein Engineering10:9, 959-966; Yazaki et al., 2004, Protein Eng. Des Sel. 17(5):481-9;and U.S. Pat. App. No. 2007/0280931.

Anti-cMet antibodies and/or binding fragments with high affinity forcMet may be desirable for therapeutic uses. Accordingly, the presentdisclosure contemplates ADCs comprising anti-cMet antibodies and/orbinding fragments having a high binding affinity to cMet. In specificembodiments, the antibodies and/or binding fragments bind cMet with anaffinity of at least about 100 nM, but may exhibit higher affinity, forexample, at least about 90 nM, 80 nM, 70 nM, 60 nM, 50 nM, 40 nM, 30 nM,25 nM, 20 nM, 15 nM, 10 nM, 7 nM, 6 nM, 5 nM, 4 nM, 3 nM, 2 nM, 1 nM,0.1 nM, 0.01 nM, or even higher. In some embodiments, the antibodiesbind cMet with an affinity in the range of about 1 pM to about 100 nM,or an affinity ranging between any of the foregoing values.

Affinity of antibodies and/or binding fragments for cMet can bedetermined using techniques well known in the art or described herein,such as for example, but not by way of limitation, ELISA, isothermaltitration calorimetry (ITC), surface plasmon resonance, flow cytometryor fluorescent polarization assays. In one embodiment, affinity refersto apparent affinity EC50 values measured according to Example 5.

In the context of this disclosure, anti-cMet antibodies can serve atleast two different purposes. In some embodiments, the anti-cMetantibodies are used for diagnostic purposes, assisting in and guidingpatient selection. For example, these anti-cMet antibodies can be usedfor immunohistochemistry assays of tumor biopsies obtained from thepatients to be treated or under treatment. One of ordinary skill in theart is familiar with the techniques for selecting a particular antibodyfor diagnostic purposes to assay for the levels of cMet proteinexpression in tumor biopsies. Typically, the samples are scored underone or more scoring guides, including IHC scores of 0/1+/2+/3+ orH-scores. The disclosure details one example of such a diagnostic assaythat is commercially available from Ventana. The Ventana antibody SP44,and antibodies with similar properties can be made or acquired fromother vendors and the protocol adjusted so that the method has the sameor better diagnostic power as the Ventana assay. In addition, anti-cMetantibodies other than SP44 can also be used for this purpose. One ofordinary skill in the art would know how to properly adjust the protocolto a new antibody in order to obtain a diagnostic test for cMetexpression levels. Companion diagnostics exist for a variety of otherFDA approved cancer treatments and are within the level of ordinaryskill. The FDA maintains a list of FDA-approved companion diagnostictests at, for example, www.fda.gov/.

Examples of anti-cMet antibodies that can be used include, for example,the diagnostic antibodies disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,673,302 (224D10and 221C9) and U.S. Pat. No. 9,120,852 (227D3 and 205A5). Thedisclosures of each of these patents are fully incorporated herein byreference, including the amino acid sequences for the CDRs, heavy chains(full and variable regions), and light chains (full and variableregions). In one embodiment, the antibody is 227D3.

227D3 is secreted by the hybridoma deposited at the CNCM on Nov. 18,2009, under number 1-4247.

Antibody CDR numbering Heavy chain Light chain SEQ ID NO. 227D3 IMGTCDR-L1 159 CDR-L2 160 CDR-L3 161 CDR-H1 162 CDR-H2 163 CDR-H3 164Antibody CDR numbering Heavy chain Light chain SEQ ID NO. 227D3 KabatCDR-L1 165 CDR-L2 166 CDR-L3 161 CDR-H1 167 CDR-H2 168 CDR-H3 169

In other embodiments, the anti-cMet antibodies are administered fortreatment purposes, either as components of antibody drug conjugates(ADCs), or before/after/concurrently with administration of the ADCs.

5.6.1 ABT-700 and Related Antibodies for Treatment Purposes

For purposes of the antibodies of this section, the CDRs have beenidentified according to the IMGT numbering system.

ABBV-399 is an ADC comprised of the cMet targeting antibody ABT-700(PR-1266688, h224G11) conjugated to the potent cytotoxin MMAE through avaline citrulline (vc) linker. The ADC binds to cMet on the surface oftumor cells, is internalized, and then releases MMAE leading to theinhibition of microtubule function and the disruption of criticalcellular processes and death. ABBV-399 is potently cytotoxic to cancercells with overexpress cMet or amplified MET and demonstrates antitumoractivity in human tumor xenografts. Activity of ABBV-399 againstABT-700-refractory tumors has also been demonstrated (see e.g., Example14).

ABT-700

ABT-700 is a humanized version of mouse monoclonal antibody 224G11,which was first disclosed and embodimented in U.S. Pat. No. 8,329,173.ABT-700 is a “humanized” recombinant IgG1κ (disclosed as 224G11 [TH7Hz3] in U.S. Pat. No. 8,741,290) that targets a unique epitope of cMetlocated within the immunoglobulin-plexin-transcription factor homology(IPT) domain 1, resulting in blockade of both HGF-dependent andHGF-independent cMet signaling. ABT-700 competes for binding to cMetwith antibodies directed against SEMA blade 5 (and vice versa), but notwith antibodies directed against blades 1-3 or IPT 2-3. In contrast, 5D5(the bivalent progenitor of one armed onartuzumab, discussed below)binds to blade 5 of the SEMA domain.

The cMet-ADCs of this disclosure encompass any antibody that comprises aheavy chain comprising CDR-H1, CDR-H2 and CDR-H3 comprising respectivelythe amino acid sequence SEQ ID Nos. 1, 2 and 3; and a light chaincomprising CDR-L1, CDR-L2 and CDR-L3 comprising respectively the aminoacid sequence SEQ ID Nos. 5, 6, and 7, according to U.S. Pat. No.8,741,290. These are the CDRs of the original murine 224G1 1 antibody,as defined based on the IMGT numbering system.

As defined under the IMGT nomenclature, the CDR sequences of ABT-700comprise the following sequences:

CDR-H1: GYIFTAYT (SEQ ID NO: 72) CDR-H2: IKPNNGLA (SEQ ID NO: 73)CDR-H3: ARSEITTEFDY (SEQ ID NO: 74) CDR-L1: ESVDSYANSF (SEQ ID NO: 75)CDR-L2: RAS (SEQ ID NO: 76) CDR-L3: QQSKEDPLT (SEQ ID NO: 77)

In one embodiment, the heavy chain variable region of 224G11 [TH7 Hz3]comprises SEQ ID No. 4 of U.S. Pat. No. 8,741,290:

QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYIFTAYTMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWIKPNNGLANYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSISTAYMELSRLRSDDTAVYYCARSEITTEFDYWGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 78);

and the light chain variable region comprises SEQ ID No. 10 of U.S. Pat.No. 8,741,290:

DIVMTQSPDSLAVSLGERATINCKSSESVDSYANSFLHWYQQKPGQPPKLLIYRASTRESGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQAEDVAVYYCQQSKED PLTFGGGTKVEIKR(SEQ ID NO: 79)

In another embodiment, the heavy chain variable region of 224G11 [TH7Hz3] comprises:

QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYIFTAYTMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWIKPNNGLANYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSISTAYMELSRLRSDDTAVYYCARSEITTEFDYWGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 80);

and the light chain variable region comprises:

DIVMTQSPDSLAVSLGERATINCKSSESVDSYANSFLHWYQQKPGQPPKLLIYRASTRESGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQAEDVAVYYCQQSKED PLTFGGGTKVEIK(SEQ ID NO: 81)

In another embodiment, the antibody [224G1 1] [TH7 Hz3] comprises acomplete heavy chain comprising the amino acid sequence SEQ ID No. 37 ofU.S. Pat. No. 8,741,290 and a complete light chain comprising the aminoacid sequence SEQ ID No. 40 of U.S. Pat. No. 8,741,290. The modifiedhinge region has the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 170.

In some embodiments, the anti-cMet antibody comprises a heavy chainvariable region comprising SEQ ID No. 4 of U.S. Pat. No. 8,741,290:

QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYIFTAYTMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWIKPNNGLANYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSISTAYMELSRLRSDDTAVYYCARSEITTEFDYWGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 78)

linked to any heavy chain constant region;

and a light chain variable region comprising SEQ ID No. 10 of U.S. Pat.No. 8,741,290:

DIVMTQSPDSLAVSLGERATINCKSSESVDSYANSFLHWYQQKPGQPPKLLIYRASTRESGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQAEDVAVYYCQQSKED PLTFGGGTKVEIKR(SEQ ID NO: 79)

linked to any light chain constant region. Examples of suitable heavyand light chain constant regions are provided below.

In some embodiments, the anti-cMet antibody comprises a heavy chainvariable region comprising SEQ ID No. 4 of U.S. Pat. No. 8,741,290:

QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYIFTAYTMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWIKPNNGLANYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSISTAYMELSRLRSDDTAVYYCARSEITTEFDYWGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 80)

linked to any heavy chain constant region;

and a light chain variable region comprising:

DIVMTQSPDSLAVSLGERATINCKSSESVDSYANSFLHWYQQKPGQPPKLLIYRASTRESGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQAEDVAVYYCQQSKED PLTFGGGTKVEIK(SEQ ID NO: 81)

linked to any light chain constant region. Examples of suitable heavyand light chain constant regions are provided below.

In some embodiments, an anti-cMet antibody and/or binding fragmentcomposing an anti-cMet ADC is an IgG₁.

In some embodiments, an anti-cMet antibody composing an anti-cMet ADCcomprises a heavy chain having a constant region comprising orconsisting of:

ASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKRVEPKSCDCHCPPCPAPELLGGPSVF LFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQ DWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKG FYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG (SEQ ID NO: 82)

In some embodiments, an anti-cMet antibody composing an anti-cMet ADCcomprises a light chain having a constant region comprising orconsisting of:

RTVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDNALQSGNSQESVTEQ DSKDSTYSLS STLTLSKADYEKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC (SEQ ID NO: 83)

In some embodiments, an anti-cMet antibody composing an anti-cMet ADCcomprises a heavy chain having a constant region comprising orconsisting of:

ASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKRVEPKSCDCHCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK (SEQ ID NO: 84)

and a light chain having a constant region comprising or consisting of:

TVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDNALQSGNSQESVTEQ DSKDSTYSLS STLTLSKADYEKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC (SEQ ID NO: 85)

In some embodiments, the heavy chain of an anti-cMet antibody (ABT-700)composing an anti-cMet ADC comprises or consists of (constant regionsare bold; CDRs are underlined (Kabat-numbered CDR sequences disclosed asSEQ ID NOS 112-114, respectively, in order of appearance)):

QVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV SCKASGYIFT AYTMHWVRQA PGQGLEWMGW 050IKPNNGLANY AQKFQGRVTM TRDTSISTAY MELSRLRSDD TAVYYCARSE 100ITTEFDYWGQ GTLVTVSSAS TKGPSVFPLA PSSKSTSGGT AALGCLVKDY 150FPEPVTVSWN SGALTSGVHT FPAVLQSSGL YSLSSVVTVP SSSLGTQTYI 200CNVNHKPSNT KVDKRVEPKS CDCHCPPCPA PELLGGPSVF LFPPKPKDTL 250MISRTPEVTC VWDVSHEDP EVKFNWYVDG VEVHNAKTKP REEQYNSTYR 300VVSVLTVLHQ DWLNGKEYKC KVSNKALPAP IEKTISKAKG QPREPQVYTL 350PPSREEMTKN QVSLTCLVKG FYPSDIAVEW ESNGQPENNY KTTPPVLDSD 400GSFFLYSKLT VDKSRWQQGN VFSCSVMHEA LHNHYTQKSL SLSPG 445

(full-length sequence disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 86)

and the light chain comprises or consists of_(CDR sequences disclosed asSEQ ID NOS 115-117, respectively, in order of appearance):

DIVMTQSPDS LAVSLGERAT INCKSSESVD SYANSFLHWY QQKPGQPPKL 050LIYRASTRES GVPDRFSGSG SGTDFTLTIS SLQAEDVAVY YCQQSKEDPL 100TFGGGTKVEI KRTVAAPSVF IFPPSDEQLK SGTASVVCLL NNFYPREAKV 150QWKVDNALQS GNSQESVTEQ DSKDSTYSLS STLTLSKADY EKHKVYACEV 200THQGLSSPVT KSFNRGEC                                    218

(full-length sequence disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 87)

In some embodiments, the heavy chain of an anti-cMet antibody composingan anti-cMet ADC comprises or consists of a variable region (amino acids1 -118 of SEQ ID NO: 88), a constant region (shown in bold) and CDRs(underlined; CDR sequences disclosed as SEQ ID NOS 118-120,respectively, in order of appearance):

QVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV SCKASGYIFT AYTMHWVRQA PGQGLEWMGW 050IKPNNGLANY AQKFQGRVTM TRDTSISTAY MELSRLRSDD TAVYYCARSE 100ITTEFDYWGQ GTLVTVSSAS TKGPSVFPLA PSSKSTSGGT AALGCLVKDY 150FPEPVTVSWN SGALTSGVHT FPAVLQSSGL YSLSSVVTVP SSSLGTQTYI 200CNVNHKPSNT KVDKRVEPKS CDCHCPPCPA PELLGGPSVF LFPPKPKDTL 250MISRTPEVTC VWDVSHEDP EVKFNWYVDG VEVHNAKTKP REEQYNSTYR 300VVSVLTVLHQ DWLNGKEYKC KVSNKALPAP IEKTISKAKG QPREPQVYTL 350PPSREEMTKN QVSLTCLVKG FYPSDIAVEW ESNGQPENNY KTTPPVLDSD 400GSFFLYSKLT VDKSRWQQGN VFSCSVMHEA LHNHYTQKSL SLSPGK     446

(full-length heavy chain sequence disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 88)

and the light chain comprises or consists of a variable region (aminoacids 1-110 in SEQ ID NO: 89), a constant region (shown in bold), andCDR sequences (underlined and disclosed as SEQ ID NOS 121-123,respectively, in order of appearance):

DIVMTQSPDS LAVSLGERAT INCKSSESVD SYANSFLHWY QQKPGQPPKL 050LIYRASTRES GVPDRFSGSG SGTDFTLTIS SLQAEDVAVY YCQQSKEDPL 100TFGGGTKVEI KRTVAAPSVF IFPPSDEQLK SGTASVVCLL NNFYPREAKV 150QWKVDNALQS GNSQESVTEQ DSKDSTYSLS STLTLSKADY EKHKVYACEV 200THQGLSSPVT KSFNRGEC                                   218

(full-length light chain sequence disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 89)

In one embodiment, the antibody is ABT-700 and the heavy chain isencoded by the following nucleotide sequence (full-length sequencedisclosed as SEQ ID NO: 90):

ATGGGATGGTCTTGGATCTTTCTGCTGTTTCTGTCTGGTACTGCTGGTGTGCTGAGCcaggtccagctggtgcaatccggcgcagaggtgaagaagccaggcgcttccgtgaaggtgagctgtaaggcctctggctacatcttcacagcatacaccatgcactgggtgaggcaagctcctgggcagggactggagtggatgggatggattaaacccaacaatgggctggccaactacgcccagaaattccagggtagggtcactatgacaagggataccagcatcagcaccgcatatatggagctgagcaggctgaggtctgacgacactgctgtctattattgcgccaggagcgaaattacaacagaattcgattactgggggcagggcaccctggtgaccgtgtcctctgccagcaccaagggcccaagcgtgttccccctggcccccagcagcaagagcaccagcggcggcacagccgccctgggctgcctggtgaaggactacttccccgagcccgtgaccgtgtcctggaacagcggagccctcacttctggagttcataccttcccagcagtattgcagagcagtggcctgtattcactgtcttccgtcgtaacagttccatcctccagcctcgggacacagacttacatttgtaacgtgaatcacaagcctagcaacaccaaggtcgacaagagagttgaaccaaagagttgtgattgccactgtcctccctgcccagctcctgagctgcttggcggtcccagtgtcttcttgtttccccctaaacccaaagacaccctgatgatctcaaggactcccgaggtgacatgcgtggtggtggatgtgtctcatgaggacccagaggtgaagttcaactggtacgtggacggcgtggaggtgcacaacgccaagaccaagcccagagaggagcagtacaacagcacctacagggtggtgtccgtgctgaccgtgctgcaccaggactggctgaacggcaaggagtacaagtgtaaggtgtccaacaaggccctgccagccccaatcgaaaagaccatcagcaaggccaagggccagccaagagagccccaggtgtacaccctgccacccagcagggaggagatgaccaagaaccaggtgtccctgacctgtctggtgaagggcttctacccaagcgacatcgccgtggagtgggagagcaacggccagcccgagaacaactacaagaccacccccccagtgctggacagcgacggcagcttcttcctgtacagcaagctgaccgtggacaagagcagatggcagcagggcaacgtgttcagctgctccgtgatgcacgaggccctgcacaaccactacacccagaagagcctgagcctgtccccaggctga

Secretion signal peptide in bold CAPITAL letters.

Includes final stop codon (TGA)

Constant region is bold

CDRs are underlined (CDR sequences disclosed as SEQ ID NOS 124-126,respectively, in order of appearance)

In one embodiment, the antibody is ABT-700 and the light chain isencoded by the following nucleotide sequence (full-length sequencedisclosed as SEQ ID NO: 91):

ATGGAAACTGATACACTGCTGCTGTGGGTCCTGCTGCTGTGGGTCCCTGGAAGCACAGGGgacattgtgatgacccagtctcccgatagcctggccgtgtccctgggcgagagggctaccatcaactgtaaaagctccgaatctgtggactcttacgcaaacagctttctgcactggtatcagcaaaagccaggccaacctccaaagctgctgatttacagggcttctaccagggagagcggcgtgcccgataggttcagcggatctggcagcggcaccgactttacactgaccatctccagcctgcaggccgaagatgtggcagtctattactgccagcagtccaaggaggaccccctgactttcgggggtggtactaaagtggagatcaagcgtacggtggccgctcccagcgtgttcatcttccccccaagcgacgagcagctgaagagcggcaccgccagcgtggtgtgtctgctgaacaacttctaccccagggaggccaaggtgcagtggaaggtggacaacgccctgcagagcggcaacagccaggagagcgtcaccgagcaggacagcaaggactccacctacagcctgagcagcaccctgaccctgagcaaggccgactacgagaagcacaaggtgtacgcctgtgaggtgacccaccagggcctgtccagccccgtgaccaagagcttca acaggggcgagtgctga

Secretion signal peptide in bold CAPITAL letters.

Includes final stop codon (tga)

Constant region is bold

CDRs are underlined (CDR sequences disclosed as SEQ ID NOS 127-129,respectively, in order of appearance)

In one embodiment, herein referred to as ABBV399, the antibody heavychain sequence is represented by SEQ ID NO:88, the light chain sequenceis represented by SEQ ID NO:89 conjugated to monomethyl auristatin E(MMAE) through a valine citrulline (vc) linker.

The sequence of ABT-700 PBD, comprising the sequence of ABT-700 carryinga S238C mutation (also referred to herein as ABT-700 (S238C)-PBD)according to Kabat numbering, is as follows (CDRs are underlined; thenumbering system is Kabat; and the S238C mutation is represented by C(bold, italics, and underlined):

Amino Acid Sequence (10 AA Per Group, 5 Groups Per Line)

Heavy Chain (SEQ ID NO: 171) (underlined CDR sequences disclosed as SEQID NOS 173-175, respectively, in order of appearance):

QVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV SCKASGYIFT AYTMHWVRQA PGQGLEWMGW  50IKPNNGLANY AQKFQGRVTM TRDTSISTAY MELSRLRSDD TAVYYCARSE 100ITTEFDYWGQ GTLVTVSSAS TKGPSVFPLA PSSKSTSGGT AALGCLVKDY 150FPEPVTVSWN SGALTSGVHT FPAVLQSSGL YSLSSVVTVP SSSLGTQTYI 200CNVNHKPSNT KVDKRVEPKS CDCHCPPCPA PELLGGP C VF LFPPKPKDTL 250MISRTPEVTC VVVDVSHEDP EVKFNWYVDG VEVHNAKTKP REEQYNSTYR 300VVSVLTVLHQ DWLNGKEYKC KVSNKALPAP IEKTISKAKG QPREPQVYTL 350PPSREEMTKN QVSLTCLVKG FYPSDIAVEW ESNGQPENNY KTTPPVLDSD 400GSFFLYSKLT VDKSRWQQGN VFSCSVMHEA LHNHYTQKSL SLSPG      445

Light Chain (SEQ ID NO: 172) (underlined CDR sequences disclosed as SEQID NOS 176-178, respectively, in order of appearance):

DIVMTQSPDS LAVSLGERAT INCKSSESVD SYANSFLHWY QQKPGQPPKL  50LIYRASTRES GVPDRFSGSG SGTDFTLTIS SLQAEDVAVY YCQQSKEDPL 100TFGGGTKVEI KRTVAAPSVF IFPPSDEQLK SGTASVVCLL NNFYPREAKV 150QWKVDNALQS GNSQESVTEQ DSKDSTYSLS STLTLSKADY EKHKVYACEV 200THQGLSSPVT KSFNRGEC                                    218

Accordingly, the antibody ABT-700 PBD comprises two PBD drug-linkermolecules conjugated to a cys engineered mAb ABT-700 (S238C), and has aheavy chain of SEQ ID NO: 171 and a light chain of SEQ ID NO: 172 .

In one embodiment, the C-terminal lysine amino acid on the heavy chainof 224G11 [TH7 Hz3] was engineered out to eliminate heterogeneity at theC-terminus due to incomplete cleavage of the lysine. In ABT-700, theheavy chain is post-translationally modified by addition of N-linkedglycans to asparagine-296. The major glycans are fucosylated biantennaryoligosaccharides containing zero, one, or two galactose residues. Inaddition, at the N-terminus of the heavy chain is a glutamine residue,which can undergo spontaneous cyclization to form a pyroglutamateresidue.

The original murine 224G11 antibody has been further chimerized andhumanized. The chimerization and humanization processes are described indetail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,741,290 and those process are incorporatedherein by reference in their entirety, as are the descriptions of thebiological and structural properties of all of the antibodies describedtherein. During the humanization process of the murine 224G11 antibody,the chimeric form of 224G11 Mab (224G11chim/IgG1), meaning variabledomain (VH+VL) from m224G11 combined with human constant domainIgG1/kappa yielded strong (17% of maximal HGF effect) agonist activityassociated with a reduced antagonist efficacy (54% inhibition of HGFmaximal effect compared to the m224G11 that yields 75% inhibition of HGFmaximum effect). Three humanized forms of 224G11 Mab, [224G11]Hz1/IgG1,[224G11]Hz2/IgG1 and [224G11]Hz3/IgG1, also constructed on a humanIgG1/kappa backbone, yielded also decreased antagonist efficacy andsignificant agonist activity (11 to 24% of maximal HGF level) ascompared to mouse 224G11.

The hinges of some of the humanized forms of the 224G11 antibody weremodified, as described in detail in the U.S. Pat. No. 8,741,290, andincorporated herein by reference. The resulting antibodies, whose ADCsare also within the scope of this disclosure, included 224G11 [TH7Hz3].

The antibody h224G11/ABT-700 refers to the humanized form 224G11 [TH7Hz3]. This antibody represents the ABT-700 antibody that is part of theABBV-399 of this disclosure. The biological activities of the antibodyABT-700, or h224G11, were extensively characterized in U.S. Pat. No.8,741,290. Its biological characterizations therein are incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties. The entire description of U.S.Pat. No. 8,741,290 is incorporated herein by reference.

Exemplary versions of other chimerized and humanized versions of 224G11antibody drug conjugates that fall within the scope of this disclosureare those referred to in the U.S. Pat. No. 8,741,290 as the antibodies[224G11] [IgG2Hz1], [224G11] [IgG2Hz2]; [224G11] [IgG2Hz3]; [224G11][TH7Hz1]; [224G11] [TH7z2]; [224G11] [TH7Hz3]; [224G11] [IgG2chim];[224G11] [TH7chim]; [224G11] [C1]; [224G11] [C2]; [224G11] [C3];[224G11] [C5]; [224G11] [C6]; [224G11] [C7]; [224G11] [C8]; and [224G11][C9].

Other examples include the antibodies [224G11] [Δ1-3]; [224G11][C7Δ6];[224G11] [C6Δ9];[224G11] [C2Δ5-7]; [224G11] [C5Δ2-6];[224G11][C9Δ2-7]; [224G11] [Δ5-6-7-8];[224G11] [IgG1/IgG2];[224G11][IgG2Hz1];[224G11] [IgG2Hz2];[224G11] [IgG2Hz3];[224G11][TH7Hz1];[224G11] [TH7Hz2];[224G11] [TH7Hz3]; [224G11] [TH7chim];[224G11] [MHchim];[224G11] [MUP9Hchim]; and [224G11] [MMCHchim].

In both of these series of antibodies, the first bracket refers to thename of the antibody that is modified (i.e., 224G11) and the secondbracket identifies the specific modification of the antibody, most ofwhich correspond to changes to the hinge region, according to the IMGTunique numbering for C-domains. The symbol Δ means deletion. Thespecific details of each modification can be found in U.S. Pat. No.8,741,290.

Accordingly, in some embodiments, an anti-cMet antibody and/or bindingfragment comprising an anti-cMet ADC is suitable for administration tohumans. In a specific embodiment, the anti-cMet antibody is humanized.

In some embodiments, anti-cMet antibodies and/or binding fragmentscomprising an anti-anti-cMet ADC compete for binding cMet on cellsexpressing cMet, or the immunoglobulin-plexin-transcription factorhomology (IPT) of human cMet, or to Met-Fc or engineered/recombinantcMet in solid phase, in in vitro assays with a reference antibody. Thereference antibody may be any antibody that specifically binds theimmunoglobulin-plexin-transcription factor homology (IPT) of human cMet.In one specific embodiment, the reference antibody is mouse 224G11. Inanother specific embodiment, the reference antibody is ABT-700.

Assays for competition include, but are not limited to, a radioactivematerial labeled immunoassay (RIA), an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay(ELISA), a sandwich ELISA, flow cytometry assays and surface plasmonresonance assays. A preferred method is that described in Basilico C,Hultberg A, Blanchetot C, de Jonge N, Festjens E, Hanssens V, Osepa SI,De Boeck G, Mira A, Cazzanti M, Morello V, Dreier T, Saunders M, deHaard H, Michieli P. Four individually druggable MET hotspots mediateHGF-driven tumor progression. J Clin Invest. 2014 Jul;124(7):3172-86.doi: 10.1172/JCI72316. Epub 2014 May 27.

In one exemplary embodiment of conducting an antibody competition assaybetween a reference antibody and a test antibody (irrespective ofspecies or isotype), one may first label the reference with a detectablelabel, such as a fluorophore, biotin or an enzymatic, or radioactivelabel to enable subsequent detection. In this case, cells expressingcMet or the extracellular domain of cMet (or a subpart thereof), areincubated with unlabeled test antibody, labeled reference antibody isadded, and the intensity of the bound label is measured. If the testantibody competes with the labeled reference antibody by binding to thesame, proximal or overlapping epitope, the intensity of the detectionsignal will be decreased relative to a control reaction carried outwithout test antibody.

In a specific embodiment of this assay, the concentration of labeledreference antibody that yields 80% of maximal binding (“conc_(80%)”)under the assay conditions (e.g., a specified density of cells or aspecified concentration of cMet/cMet extracellular domain or subpartthereof) is first determined, and a competition assay is carried outwith 10X concentration_(80%) of unlabeled test antibody and conc_(80%)of labeled reference antibody.

In another exemplary embodiment of conducting a flow cytometrycompetition assay, cells expressing cMet are incubated with a titrationseries of antibodies comprising increasing concentrations of unlabeledtest antibody versus fluorescently labeled anti- cMet referenceantibody. The labeled reference anti- cMet antibody is used at a fixedconcentration X (for example, X = 1 µg/ml) and the unlabeled testantibody is used in a range of concentrations (for example, from 10⁻ ⁴Xto 100X). Cells or cMet/cMet extracellular domain or subpart thereof isincubated with both unlabeled test antibody and labeled referenceantibody concurrently. Flow cytometry data is normalized relative tofluorescently labeled reference antibody alone, where the fluorescenceintensity of a sample carried out without unlabeled test antibody isassigned 100% binding. If a test antibody competes for binding cMet withthe labeled reference antibody, an assay carried out with equalconcentration of each (for example, 1 µg/mL of unlabeled test antibodyand 1 µg/mL of labeled reference antibody) will yield an approximately50% reduction in fluorescence intensity as compared to the 100% control,indicating approxmately 50% binding. Use of a labeled reference antibodyat a concentration of X and unlabeled test antibody that competes forbinding cMet at a concentration of 10X would yield an approximately 90%reduction in binding as compared to the 100% control, indicatingapproxmately 10% binding.

The inhibition can be expressed as an inhibition constant, or K_(i),which is calculated according to the following formula:

K_(i) = IC₅₀/(1 + [reference Ab concentration]/K_(d)),

where IC₅₀ is the concentration of test antibody that yields a 50%reduction in binding of the reference antibody and K_(d) is thedissociation constant of the reference antibody, a measure of itsaffinity for cMet. Antibodies that compete with reference cMetantibodies can have a K_(i) from 10 pM to 100 nM under assay conditionsdescribed herein.

In various embodiments, a test antibody is considered to compete with areference antibody if it decreases binding of the reference antibody tocells expressing cMet or cMet/cMet extracellular domain or subpartthereof by at least about 20% or more, for example, by at least about20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or even more, or by apercentage ranging between any of the foregoing values, at a referenceantibody concentration that is 80% of maximal binding under the specificassay conditions used, and a test antibody concentration that is 10-foldhigher than the reference antibody concentration.

In various embodiments of a flow cytometry competition assay, a testantibody is considered to compete with a reference antibody if itdecreases binding of the reference antibody to cells expressing cMet byat least about 20% or more, for example, by at least about 20%, 30%,40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or even more, or by a percentageranging between any of the foregoing values, at a concentration of testantibody that is 10X greater than that of the reference antibody.

Detection of expression of cMet generally involves contacting abiological sample (cells, tissue, or body fluid of an individual) withone or more anti-cMet antibodies (optionally conjugated to detectablemoiety), and detecting whether or not the sample is positive for cMetexpression, or whether the sample has altered (e.g., reduced orincreased) expression as compared to a control sample. Methods for doingso are well known to one of ordinary skill in the art, including thosedescribed in the Examples.

5.6.2. Some Other Exemplary cMet Antibodies

Another anti-cMet antibody that can be used according to this disclosurehas been named 227H1, comprises a heavy chain comprising CDR-H1, CDR-H2and CDR-H3 comprising respectively the amino acid sequence SEQ ID Nos.4, 5 and 6; and a light chain comprising CDR-L1, CDR-L2 and CDR-L3comprising respectively the amino acid sequence SEQ ID Nos. 13, 11 and14 of U.S. Pat. No. 8,329,173 (SEQ ID NOS 4, 5, 6, 13, 11 and 14,respectively, of this application). These antibodies have been describedin detail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,329,173, and their descriptions areincorporated herein by reference in their entireties. The SequenceListing submitted concurrently with this application includes SEQ ID NOS1-71 from U.S. Pat. 8,329,173 as SEQ ID NOS 1-71.

In one embodiment, the antibody 227H1 comprises a heavy chain comprisingthe amino acid sequence SEQ ID No. 19 and a light chain comprising theamino acid sequence SEQ ID No. 22 of U.S. Pat. No. 8,329,173 (SEQ ID NOS19 and 20, respectively, of this application). These antibodies havebeen described in detail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,329,173, and theirdescriptions are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.

Another anti-cMet antibody that can be used according to this disclosurehas been named 223C4, comprises a heavy chain comprising CDR-H1, CDR-H2and CDR-H3 comprising respectively the amino acid sequence SEQ ID Nos.7, 8 and 9; and a light chain comprising CDR-L1, CDR-L2 and CDR-L3comprising respectively the amino acid sequence SEQ ID Nos. 15, 16 and17 of U.S. Pat. No. 8,329,173 (SEQ ID NOS 7, 8, 9, 15, 16 and 17,respectively, of this application). These antibodies have been describedin detail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,329,173, and their descriptions areincorporated herein by reference in their entireties.

In one embodiment, the antibody 223C4 comprises a heavy chain comprisingthe amino acid sequence SEQ ID No. 20 and a light chain comprising theamino acid sequence SEQ ID No. 23 of U.S. Pat. No. 8,329,173 (SEQ ID NOS20 and 23, respectively). These antibodies have been described in detailin U.S. Pat. No. 8,329,173, and their descriptions are incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties.

Another anti-cMet antibody that can be used according to this disclosurehas been named 11E1, comprises a heavy chain comprising CDR-H1, CDR-H2and CDR-H3 comprising respectively the amino acid sequence SEQ ID Nos.56, 57 and 58; and a light chain comprising CDR-L1, CDR-L2 and CDR-L3comprising respectively the amino acid sequence SEQ ID Nos. 59, 60 and61 of U.S. Pat. No. 8,329,173 (SEQ ID NOS 56, 57, 58, 59, 60 and 61,respectively). These antibodies have been described in detail in U.S.Pat. No. 8,329,173, and their descriptions are incorporated herein byreference in their entireties.

In one embodiment, the antibody 11E1 comprises a heavy chain comprisingthe amino acid sequence SEQ ID No. 62 and a light chain comprising theamino acid sequence SEQ ID No. 63 of U.S. Pat. No. 8,329,173 (SEQ ID NOS62 and 63, respectively). These antibodies have been described in detailin U.S. Pat. No. 8,329,173, and their descriptions are incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties.

These first monoclonal antibodies disclosed above, or one of theirfunctional fragments or derivatives, are characterized in that saidantibodies are secreted by the hybridoma deposited at the CollectionNationale de Cultures de Microorganismes (CNCM, National Collection ofMicroorganism Cultures) (Institut Pasteur, Paris, France) on Mar. 14,2007 under the numbers CNCM I-3724 (corresponding to 11E1), I-3731(corresponding to 224G11), I-3732 (corresponding to 227H1) and on Jul.06, 2007 under the number I-3786 (corresponding to 223C4). Thesehybridomas consist of murine hybridomas resulting in the cellular fusionof immunized mouse splenocytes with a myeloma cell line (Sp20 Ag14).

These first antibodies, all of which were originally disclosed in U.S.Pat. No. 8,329,173, and which are covered by several patents, are thussummarized as follows (the SEQ ID NOs are the same in the ′173 patentand in this application):

224G11 I-3731 227H1 1-3732 223C4 1-3786 11E1 1-3724 Prot. SEQ ID NO:Nucl. SEQ ID NO: Prot; SEQ ID NO: Nucl. SEQ ID NO: Prot. SEQ ID NO:Nucl. SEQ ID NO: Prot. SEQ ID NO: Nucl. SEQ ID NO: CDR-H1 1 24 4 27 7 3056 64 CDR-H2 2 25 5 28 8 31 57 65 CDR-H3 3 26 6 29 9 32 58 66 H. chain18 41 19 42 20 43 62 70 CDR-L1 10 33 13 36 15 38 59 67 CDR-L2 11 34 1134 16 39 60 68 CDR-L3 12 35 14 37 17 40 61 69 L. chain 21 44 22 45 23 4663 71

The antibodies 224G1 1, 227H1, and 223C4 do not bind the SEMA domain ofthe cMet receptor. 11E1 is able to bind the SEMA domain.

In one embodiment, the anti-cMet antibody comprises the CDRs of theantibody STI-D0602 or STI-0602 (Sorrento Therapeutics). In anotherembodiment, the anti-cMet antibody is STI-D0602 or STI-0602, asdescribed in Lingna Li, Cathrine Fells, Julia Guo, Pia Muyot, EdwigeGros, Yanliang Zhang, Yingqing Sun, Hong, Zhang, Yanwen Fu, Tong Zhu,Jian Cao, Gunnar Kaufmann, Gang Chen, Zhenwei Miao, A novel cMettargeting antibody drug conjugate for NSCLC, Abstract No. 3897, AACRAnnual Meeting, April 16-20, New Orleans, USA.

In one embodiment, the anti-cMet antibody comprises the CDRs of theantibody 5D5 (Genentech) or the one-armed (monovalent) derivativeonartuzumab. In one embodiment, the anti-cMet antibody is the antibody5D5 (Genentech) or the one-armed (monovalent) derivative onartuzumab(FIG. 1B). Additional information for onartuzumab is as follows:

Heavy chain (SEQ ID NO: 92):

EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGYTFTSYWLHWVRQAPGKGLEWVGMIDPSNSDTRFNPNFKDRFTISADTSKNTAYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCATYRSYVTPLDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLSCAVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLVSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK

Light chain (SEQ ID NO: 93):

DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCKSSQSLLYTSSQKNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYWASTRESGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQYYAYPWTFGQGTKVEIKRTVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDNALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYAC EVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC

Hinge-CH2-CH3 (SEQ ID NO: 94):

DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLWCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK

In one embodiment, the anti-cMet antibody comprises the CDRs of theantibody emibetuzumab/LY2875358. In one embodiment, the anti-cMetantibody is emibetuzumab/#LY2875358 (Eli Lilly and Company, CAS Number1365287-97-3) (FIG. 1A). Additional information for emibetuzumab is asfollows:

Heavy Chain (SEQ ID NO: 95):

QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTDYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGRVNPNRRGTTYNQKFEGRVTMTTDTSTSTAYMELRSLRSDDTAVYYCARANWLDYWGQGTTVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTKTYTCNVDHKPSNTKVDKRVESKYGPPCPPCPAPEAAGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSQEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGLPSSIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSQEEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSRLTVDKSRWQEGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSLG

Light Chain (SEQ ID NO: 96)

DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCSVSSSVSSIYLHWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYSTSNLASGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQVYSGYPLTFGGGTKVEIKRTVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDNALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYACEVTHQ GLSSPVTKSFNRGEC

In one embodiment, the anti-cMet antibody comprises the CDRs of theantibody AbF46 or SAIT301 (Samsung Electronics). In one embodiment, theantibody is AbF46 (FIG. 1C). In another embodiment, the anti-cMetantibody is SAIT301 (FIG. 1E).

In one embodiment, the anti-cMet antibody comprises the CDRs of theantibody ARGX-111 (36C4) (arGEN-X BV). In another embodiment, theanti-cMet antibody is ARGX-111 (FIG. 1D).

In one embodiment, the anti-cMet antibody comprises the CDRs of one ofthe antibodies in Sym015 (Hu9006, Hu9338) (Symphogen A/S). In anotherembodiment, the anti-cMet antibody is Hu9006. In another embodiment, theanti-cMet antibody is Hu9338. The amino acid sequences of theseantibodies, including their CDRs, are disclosed in WO2016042412.

5.5. Expression Systems and Methods of Making the Antibodies

Anti-cMet antibodies can be prepared by recombinant expression ofimmunoglobulin light and heavy chain genes in a host cell throughmethods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. To express anantibody recombinantly, a host cell is transfected with one or morerecombinant expression vectors carrying DNA fragments encoding theimmunoglobulin light and heavy chains of the antibody such that thelight and heavy chains are expressed in the host cell and, optionally,secreted into the medium in which the host cells are cultured, fromwhich medium the antibodies can be recovered. Standard recombinant DNAmethodologies are used to obtain antibody heavy and light chain genes,incorporate these genes into recombinant expression vectors andintroduce the vectors into host cells, such as those described inMolecular Cloning; A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition (Sambrook,Fritsch and Maniatis (eds), Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y., 1989), CurrentProtocols in Molecular Biology (Ausubel, F.M. et al., eds., GreenePublishing Associates, 1989) and in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,397.

To generate nucleic acids encoding such anti-cMet antibodies, DNAfragments encoding the light and heavy chain variable regions are firstobtained. These DNAs can be obtained by amplification and modificationof germline DNA or cDNA encoding light and heavy chain variablesequences, for example using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).Germline DNA sequences for human heavy and light chain variable regiongenes are known in the art (See, e.g., the “VBASE” human germlinesequence database; see also Kabat et al., 1991, Sequences of Proteins ofImmunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health andHuman Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242; Tomlinson et al., 1992, J.Mol. Biol. 22T: 116-198; and Cox et al., 1994, Eur. J. Immunol.24:827-836; the contents of each of which are incorporated herein byreference). The nucleotides encoding the antibodies 224G1 1, 227H1,223C4, and 11E11 have been described in detail in U.S. Pat. No.8,329,173, and their descriptions are incorporated herein by referencein their entireties.

Once DNA fragments encoding anti-cMet antibody-related V_(H) and V_(L)segments are obtained, these DNA fragments can be further manipulated bystandard recombinant DNA techniques, for example to convert the variableregion genes to full-length antibody chain genes, to Fab fragment genesor to a scFv gene. In these manipulations, a V_(L)- or V_(H)-encodingDNA fragment is operatively linked to another DNA fragment encodinganother protein, such as an antibody constant region or a flexiblelinker. The term “operatively linked,” as used in this context, isintended to mean that the two DNA fragments are joined such that theamino acid sequences encoded by the two DNA fragments remain in-frame.

The isolated DNA encoding the V_(H) region can be converted to afull-length heavy chain gene by operatively linking the V_(H)-encodingDNA to another DNA molecule encoding heavy chain constant regions (CH₁,CH₂, CH₃ and, optionally, CH₄). The sequences of human heavy chainconstant region genes are known in the art (See, e.g., Kabat et al.,1991, Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition,U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No.91-3242) and DNA fragments encompassing these regions can be obtained bystandard PCR amplification. The heavy chain constant region can be anIgG₁, IgG₂, IgG₃, IgG₄, IgA, IgE, IgM or IgD constant region, but incertain embodiments is an IgG₁ or IgG₄ constant region. For a Fabfragment heavy chain gene, the V_(H)-encoding DNA can be operativelylinked to another DNA molecule encoding only the heavy chain CH₁constant region.

The isolated DNA encoding the V_(L) region can be converted to afull-length light chain gene (as well as a Fab light chain gene) byoperatively linking the V_(L)-encoding DNA to another DNA moleculeencoding the light chain constant region, CL. The sequences of humanlight chain constant region genes are known in the art (See, e.g., Kabatet al., 1991, Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, FifthEdition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH PublicationNo. 91-3242) and DNA fragments encompassing these regions can beobtained by standard PCR amplification. The light chain constant regioncan be a kappa or lambda constant region, but in certain embodiments isa kappa constant region. To create a scFv gene, the V_(H)- andV_(L)-encoding DNA fragments are operatively linked to another fragmentencoding a flexible linker, e.g., encoding the amino acid sequence(Gly₄∼Ser)₃ (SEQ ID NO:97), such that the V_(H) and V_(L) sequences canbe expressed as a contiguous single-chain protein, with the V_(L) andV_(H) regions joined by the flexible linker (See, e.g., Bird et al.,1988, Science 242:423-426; Huston et al., 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.USA 85:5879-5883; McCafferty et al., 1990, Nature 348:552-554).

To express the anti-cMet antibodies, DNAs encoding partial orfull-length light and heavy chains, obtained as described above, areinserted into expression vectors such that the genes are operativelylinked to transcriptional and translational control sequences. In thiscontext, the term “operatively linked” is intended to mean that anantibody gene is ligated into a vector such that transcriptional andtranslational control sequences within the vector serve their intendedfunction of regulating the transcription and translation of the antibodygene. The expression vector and expression control sequences are chosento be compatible with the expression host cell used. The antibody lightchain gene and the antibody heavy chain gene can be inserted intoseparate vectors or, more typically, both genes are inserted into thesame expression vector.

The antibody genes are inserted into the expression vector by standardmethods (e.g., ligation of complementary restriction sites on theantibody gene fragment and vector, or blunt end ligation if norestriction sites are present). Prior to insertion of the anti-cMetantibody-related light or heavy chain sequences, the expression vectorcan already carry antibody constant region sequences. For example, oneapproach to converting the anti-cMet monoclonal antibody-related V_(H)and V_(L) sequences to full-length antibody genes is to insert them intoexpression vectors already encoding heavy chain constant and light chainconstant regions, respectively, such that the V_(H) segment isoperatively linked to the CH segment(s) within the vector and the V_(L)segment is operatively linked to the CL segment within the vector.Additionally or alternatively, the recombinant expression vector canencode a signal peptide that facilitates secretion of the antibody chainfrom a host cell. The antibody chain gene can be cloned into the vectorsuch that the signal peptide is linked in-frame to the amino terminus ofthe antibody chain gene. The signal peptide can be an immunoglobulinsignal peptide or a heterologous signal peptide (i.e., a signal peptidefrom a non-immunoglobulin protein).

In addition to the antibody chain genes, the recombinant expressionvectors carry regulatory sequences that control the expression of theantibody chain genes in a host cell. The term “regulatory sequence” isintended to include promoters, enhancers and other expression controlelements (e.g., polyadenylation signals) that control the transcriptionor translation of the antibody chain genes. Such regulatory sequencesare described, for example, in Goeddel, Gene Expression Technology:Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA, 1990. It willbe appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of theexpression vector, including the selection of regulatory sequences maydepend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed,the level of expression of protein desired, etc. Suitable regulatorysequences for mammalian host cell expression include viral elements thatdirect high levels of protein expression in mammalian cells, such aspromoters and/or enhancers derived from cytomegalovirus (CMV) (such asthe CMV promoter/enhancer), Simian Virus 40 (SV40) (such as the SV40promoter/enhancer), adenovirus, (e.g., the adenovirus major latepromoter (AdMLP)) and polyoma. For further description of viralregulatory elements, and sequences thereof, see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.5,168,062 by Stinski, U.S. Pat. No. 4,510,245 by Bell et al., and U.S.Pat. No. 4,968,615 by Schaffner et al.

Recombinant expression vectors of the disclosure can carry sequences inaddition to the antibody chain genes and regulatory sequences, such assequences that regulate replication of the vector in host cells (e.g.,origins of replication) and selectable marker genes. Selectable markergenes facilitate selection of host cells into which the vector has beenintroduced (See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,399,216, 4,634,665 and5,179,017, all by Axel et al.). For example, typically a selectablemarker gene confers resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin ormethotrexate, on a host cell into which the vector has been introduced.Suitable selectable marker genes include the dihydrofolate reductase(DHFR) gene (for use in DHFR⁻ host cells with methotrexateselection/amplification) and the neo gene (for G418 selection). Forexpression of the light and heavy chains, the expression vector(s)encoding the heavy and light chains is transfected into a host cell bystandard techniques. The various forms of the term “transfection” areintended to encompass a wide variety of techniques commonly used for theintroduction of exogenous DNA into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic hostcell, e.g., electroporation, lipofection, calcium-phosphateprecipitation, DEAE- dextran transfection and the like.

It is possible to express anti-cMet antibodies composing anti- cMet ADCsin either prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells. In certain embodiments,expression of antibodies is performed in eukaryotic cells, e.g.,mammalian host cells, of optimal secretion of a properly folded andimmunologically active antibody. Exemplary mammalian host cells forexpressing the recombinant antibodies of the disclosure include ChineseHamster Ovary (CHO cells) (including DHFR⁻ CHO cells, described inUrlaub and Chasin, 1980, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220, usedwith a DHFR selectable marker, e.g., as described in Kaufman and Sharp,1982, Mol. Biol. 159:601-621), NS0 myeloma cells, COS cells and SP2cells. When recombinant expression vectors encoding antibody genes areintroduced into mammalian host cells, the antibodies are produced byculturing the host cells for a period of time sufficient to allow forexpression of the antibody in the host cells or secretion of theantibody into the culture medium in which the host cells are grown.Antibodies can be recovered from the culture medium using standardprotein purification methods. Host cells can also be used to produceportions of intact antibodies, such as Fab fragments or scFv molecules.It is understood that variations on the above procedure are within thescope of the present disclosure. For example, it can be desirable totransfect a host cell with DNA encoding either the light chain or theheavy chain (but not both) of an anti-cMet antibody.

Recombinant DNA technology can also be used to remove some or all of theDNA encoding either or both of the light and heavy chains that is notnecessary for binding to cMet. The molecules expressed from suchtruncated DNA molecules are also encompassed by the antibodies of thedisclosure.

For recombinant expression of an anti-cMet antibody, the host cell canbe co-transfected with two expression vectors, the first vector encodinga heavy chain derived polypeptide and the second vector encoding a lightchain derived polypeptide. The two vectors can contain identicalselectable markers, or they can each contain a separate selectablemarker. Alternatively, a single vector can be used which encodes bothheavy and light chain polypeptides.

Once a nucleic acid encoding one or more portions of an anti-cMetantibody is obtained, further alterations or mutations can be introducedinto the coding sequence, for example to generate nucleic acids encodingantibodies with different CDR sequences, antibodies with reducedaffinity to the Fc receptor, or antibodies of different subclasses.

Antibodies and/or binding fragments composing anti- cMet ADCs can alsobe produced by chemical synthesis (e.g., by the methods described inSolid Phase Peptide Synthesis, 2^(nd) ed., 1984 The Pierce Chemical Co.,Rockford, Ill.). Variant antibodies can also be generated using acell-free platform, See, e.g., Chu et al., Biochemia No. 2, 2001 (RocheMolecular Biologicals) and Murray et al., 2013, Current Opinion inChemical Biology, 17:420-426.

Once an anti-cMet antibody and/or binding fragment has been produced byrecombinant expression, it can be purified by any method known in theart for purification of an immunoglobulin molecule, for example, bychromatography (e.g., ion exchange, affinity, and sizing columnchromatography), centrifugation, differential solubility, or by anyother standard technique for the purification of proteins. Further, theanti-cMet antibodies and/or binding fragments can be fused toheterologous polypeptide sequences described herein or otherwise knownin the art to facilitate purification.

Once isolated, the anti-cMet antibody and/or binding fragment can, ifdesired, be further purified, e.g., by column chromatography. (see,e.g., Fisher, Laboratory Techniques In Biochemistry And MolecularBiology, Work and Burdon, eds., Elsevier, 1980), or by gel filtrationchromatography on a Superdex™ 75 column (Pharmacia Biotech AB, Uppsala,Sweden).

5.6. Specific Anti-cMet Antibody Drug Conjugates

As mentioned, anti-cMet ADCs generally comprise an anti-cMet antigenbinding moiety, such as an anti-cMet antibody and/or binding fragment,having one or more cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents, which may be thesame or different, linked thereto by way of one or more linkers, whichmay also be the same or different. Multiple differentcytotoxic/cytostatic agents can be attached to each Ab to make an ADC.These agents may target two or more pathways to kill or arrest thegrowth of tumor cells, target multiple nodes of the same pathway, ordouble up on same target (i.e., inhibit growth and/or kill cells throughtwo or more different mechanisms).

In specific embodiments, the anti-cMet ADCs are compounds according tostructural formula (I):

or salts thereof, where each “D” represents, independently of theothers, a cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent (“drug”); each “L”represents, independently of the others, a linker; “Ab” represents ananti-cMet antigen binding moiety, such as an anti-cMet antibody orbinding fragment; each “XY” represents a linkage formed between afunctional group R^(x) on the linker and a “complementary” functionalgroup R^(y) on the antigen binding moiety; and n represents the numberof drugs linked to Ab of the ADC.

Specific embodiments of various antibodies or binding fragments (Ab)that may compose ADCs according to structural formula (I) include thevarious embodiments of anti-cMet antibodies and/or binding fragmentsdescribed above.

In some specific embodiments of the ADCs or salts of structural formula(I), each D is the same and/or each L is the same.

Specific embodiments of cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents (D) andlinkers (L) that may compose the anti-cMet ADCs, as well as the numberof cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents linked to the anti-cMet ADCs, aredescribed in more detail below.

In a specific exemplary embodiment, the anti-cMet ADCs are compoundsaccording to structural formula (I) in which each “D” is the same and iseither a cell-permeating auristatin (for example, dolastatin-10 or MMAE)or a cell-permeating minor groove-binding DNA cross-linking agent (forexample, a PBD or a PBD dimer); each “L” is the same and is a linkercleavable by a lysosomal enzyme; each “XY” is a linkage formed between amaleimide and a sulfydryl group; “Ab” is an antibody comprising six CDRscorresponding to the six CDRs of antibody ABT-700 (224G11), or anantibody that competes for binding cMet with such an antibody; and n is2, 3 or 4. In a specific embodiment of this exemplary embodiment or theanti-cMet ADCs of structural formula (I), “Ab” is a humanized antibody,for example, a humanized antibody comprising V_(H) and V_(L) chainscorresponding to the V_(H) and V_(L) chains of antibody 5D5. In anotherspecific embodiment of the anti-cMet ADCs of structural formula (I), theAb is the antibody STI-D0602 (Sorrento).

In a specific exemplary embodiment, the compound according to structuralformula (I) has the structure of formula (IIa):

In one embodiment, the Ab in the compound of formula (IIa) is ABT-700.

In a specific exemplary embodiment, the compound of structural formula(I) has the following structure:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein n has an averagevalue ranging from 2-4, and the Ab is a full length anti-cMet antibody.

In a specific embodiment, the Ab in the compound of this particularformula is ABT-700.

In a specific embodiment, n has an average value ranging from 2-4 and Abis a full-length anti-cMet antibody.

5.6.1. Cytotoxic And/or Cytostatic Agents

The cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents may be any agents known toinhibit the growth and/or replication of and/or kill cells, and inparticular cancer and/or tumor cells. Numerous agents having cytotoxicand/or cytostatic properties are known in the literature. Non-limitingexamples of classes of cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents include, byway of example and not limitation, radionuclides, alkylating agents, DNAcross-linking agents, DNA intercalating agents (e.g., groove bindingagents such as minor groove binders), cell cycle modulators, apoptosisregulators, kinase inhibitors, protein synthesis inhibitors,mitochondria inhibitors, nuclear export inhibitors, topoisomerase Iinhibitors, topoisomerase II inhibitors, RNA/DNA antimetabolites andantimitotic agents.

Specific non-limiting examples of agents within certain of these variousclasses are provided below.

Alkylating Agents: asaley (L-Leucine,N-[N-acetyl-4-[bis-(2-chloroethyl)amino]-DL-phenylalanyl]-, ethylester);AZQ (1,4-cyclohexadiene-1,4-dicarbamic acid, 2,5-bis(1-aziridinyl)-3,6-dioxo-, diethyl ester); BCNU(N,N′-Bis(2-chloroethyl)-N-nitrosourea); busulfan (1,4-butanedioldimethanesulfonate); (carboxyphthalato)platinum; CBDCA(cis-(1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylato)diammineplatinum(II))); CCNU(N-(2-chloroethyl)-N′-cyclohexyl-N-nitrosourea); CHIP (iproplatin; NSC256927); chlorambucil; chlorozotocin (2-[[[(2-chloroethyl)nitrosoamino]carbonyl]amino]-2-deoxy-D-glucopyranose); cis-platinum(cisplatin); clomesone; cyanomorpholinodoxorubicin; cyclodisone;dianhydrogalactitol (5,6-diepoxydulcitol); fluorodopan((5-[(2-chloroethyl)-(2-fluoroethyl)amino]-6-methyl-uracil); hepsulfam;hycanthone; indolinobenzodiazepine dimer DGN462; melphalan; methyl CCNU((1-(2-chloroethyl)-3-(trans-4-methylcyclohexane)-1-nitrosourea);mitomycin C; mitozolamide; nitrogen mustard ((bis(2-chloroethyl)methylamine hydrochloride); PCNU((1-(2-chloroethyl)-3-(2,6-dioxo-3-piperidyl)-1-nitrosourea));piperazine alkylator ((1-(2-chloroethyl)-4-(3-chloropropyl)-piperazinedihydrochloride)); piperazinedione; pipobroman(N,N′-bis(3-bromopropionyl) piperazine); porfiromycin (N-methylmitomycinC); spirohydantoin mustard; teroxirone (triglycidylisocyanurate);tetraplatin; thio-tepa (N,N′,N″-tri-1,2-ethanediylthio phosphoramide);triethylenemelamine; uracil nitrogen mustard (desmethyldopan); Yoshi-864((bis(3-mesyloxy propyl)amine hydrochloride).

DNA Alkylating-like Agents: Cisplatin; Carboplatin; Nedaplatin;Oxaliplatin; Satraplatin; Triplatin tetranitrate; Procarbazine;altretamine; dacarbazine; mitozolomide; temozolomide.

Alkylating Antineoplastic Agents: Carboquone; Carmustine; Chlomaphazine;Chlorozotocin; Duocarmycin; Evofosfamide; Fotemustine; Glufosfamide;Lomustine; Mannosulfan; Nimustine; Phenanthriplatin; Pipobroman;Ranimustine; Semustine; Streptozotocin; ThioTEPA; Treosulfan;Triaziquone; Triethylenemelamine; Triplatin tetranitrate.

DNA replication and repair inhibitors: Altretamine; Bleomycin;Dacarbazine; Dactinomycin; Mitobronitol; Mitomycin; Pingyangmycin;Plicamycin; Procarbazine; Temozolomide; ABT-888 (veliparib); olaparib;KU-59436; AZD-2281; AG-014699; BSI-201; BGP-15; INO-1001; ONO-2231.

Cell Cycle Modulators: Paclitaxel; Nab-Paclitaxel; Docetaxel;Vincristine; Vinblastine; ABT-348; AZD-1152; MLN-8054; VX-680; AuroraA-specific kinase inhibitors; Aurora B-specific kinase inhibitors andpan-Aurora kinase inhibitors; AZD-5438; BMI-1040; BMS-032; BMS-387;CVT-2584; flavopyridol; GPC-286199; MCS-5A; PD0332991; PHA-690509;seliciclib (CYC-202, R-roscovitine); ZK-304709; AZD4877, ARRY-520;GSK923295A.

Apoptosis Regulators: AT-101 ((-)gossypol); G3139 or oblimersen(Bcl-2-targeting antisense oligonucleotide); IPI-194; IPI-565;N-(4-(4-((4′-chloro(1,1′-biphenyl)-2-yl)methyl)piperazin-1-ylbenzoyl)-4-(((1R)-3-(dimethylamino)-1-((phenylsulfanyl)methyl)propyl)amino)-3-nitrobenzenesulfonamide);N-(4-(4-((2-(4-chlorophenyl)-5,5-dimethyl-1-cyclohex-1-en-1-yl)methyl)piperazin-1-yl)benzoyl)-4-(((1R)-3-(morpholin-4-yl)-1-((phenylsulfanyl)methyl)propyl)amino)-3-((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)benzenesulfonamide;GX-070 (Obatoclax®; 1H-Indole,2-(2-((3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)methylene)-3-methoxy-2H-pyrrol-5-yl)-));HGS1029; GDC-0145; GDC-0152; LCL-161; LBW-242; venetoclax; agents thattarget TRAIL or death receptors (e.g., DR4 and DR5) such as ETR2-ST01,GDC0145, HGS-1029, LBY-135, PRO-1762; drugs that target caspases,caspase-regulators, BCL-2 family members, death domain proteins, TNFfamily members, Toll family members, and/or NF-kappa-B proteins.

Angiogenesis Inhibitors: ABT-869; AEE-788; axitinib (AG-13736);AZD-2171; CP-547,632; IM-862; pegaptamib; sorafenib; BAY43-9006;pazopanib (GW-786034); vatalanib (PTK-787, ZK-222584); sunitinib;SU-11248; VEGF trap; vandetanib; ABT-165; ZD-6474; DLL4 inhibitors.

Proteasome Inhibitors: Bortezomib; Carfilzomib; Epoxomicin; Ixazomib;Salinosporamide A.

Kinase Inhibitors: Afatinib; Axitinib; Bosutinib; Crizotinib; Dasatinib;Erlotinib; Fostamatinib; Gefitinib; Ibrutinib; Imatinib; Lapatinib;Lenvatinib; Mubritinib; Nilotinib; Pazopanib; Pegaptanib; Sorafenib;Sunitinib; SU6656; Vandetanib; Vemurafenib; CEP-701 (lesaurtinib);XL019; INCB018424 (ruxolitinib); ARRY-142886 (selemetinib); ARRY-438162(binimetinib); PD-325901; PD-98059; AP-23573; CCI-779; everolimus;RAD-001; rapamycin; temsirolimus; ATP-competitive TORC1/TORC2 inhibitorsincluding PI-103, PP242, PP30, Torin 1; LY294002; XL-147; CAL-120;ONC-21; AEZS-127; ETP-45658; PX-866; GDC-0941; BGT226; BEZ235; XL765.

Protein Synthesis Inhibitors: Streptomycin; Dihydrostreptomycin;Neomycin; Framycetin; Paromomycin; Ribostamycin; Kanamycin; Amikacin;Arbekacin; Bekanamycin; Dibekacin; Tobramycin; Spectinomycin; HygromycinB; Paromomycin; Gentamicin; Netilmicin; Sisomicin;Isepamicin;Verdamicin; Astromicin; Tetracycline; Doxycycline;Chlortetracycline; Clomocycline; Demeclocycline; Lymecycline;Meclocycline; Metacycline; Minocycline; Oxytetracycline;Penimepicycline; Rolitetracycline; Tetracycline;Glycylcyclines;Tigecycline; Oxazolidinone; Eperezolid; Linezolid;Posizolid; Radezolid; Ranbezolid; Sutezolid; Tedizolid; Peptidyltransferase inhibitors; Chloramphenicol; Azidamfenicol; Thiamphenicol;Florfenicol; Pleuromutilins; Retapamulin; Tiamulin; Valnemulin;Azithromycin; Clarithromycin; Dirithromycin; Erythromycin;Flurithromycin; Josamycin; Midecamycin; Miocamycin; Oleandomycin;Rokitamycin; Roxithromycin; Spiramycin; Troleandomycin; Tylosin;Ketolides; Telithromycin; Cethromycin; Solithromycin; Clindamycin;Lincomycin; Pirlimycin; Streptogramins; Pristinamycin;Quinupristin/dalfopristin; Virginiamycin.

Histone deacetylase inhibitors: Vorinostat; Romidepsin; Chidamide;Panobinostat; Valproic acid; Belinostat; Mocetinostat; Abexinostat;Entinostat; SB939 (pracinostat); Resminostat; Givinostat; Quisinostat;thioureidobutyronitrile (Kevetrin™); CUDC-10; CHR-2845 (tefinostat);CHR-3996; 4SC-202; CG200745; ACY-1215 (rocilinostat); ME-344;sulforaphane.

Topoisomerase I Inhibitors: camptothecin; various camptothecinderivatives and analogs (for example, NSC 100880, NSC 603071, NSC107124, NSC 643833, NSC 629971, NSC 295500, NSC 249910, NSC 606985, NSC74028, NSC 176323, NSC 295501, NSC 606172, NSC 606173, NSC 610458, NSC618939, NSC 610457, NSC 610459, NSC 606499, NSC 610456, NSC 364830, andNSC 606497); morpholinisoxorubicin; SN-38.

Topoisomerase II Inihibitors: doxorubicin; amonafide(benzisoquinolinedione); m-AMSA(4′-(9-acridinylamino)-3′-methoxymethanesulfonanilide); anthrapyrazolederivative ((NSC 355644); etoposide (VP-16); pyrazoloacridine((pyrazolo[3,4,5-kl]acridine-2(6H)-propanamine, 9-methoxy-N,N-dimethyl-5-nitro-, monomethanesulfonate); bisantrene hydrochloride;daunorubicin; deoxydoxorubicin; mitoxantrone; menogaril; N,N-dibenzyldaunomycin; oxanthrazole; rubidazone; teniposide.

DNA Intercalating Agents: anthramycin; chicamycin A; tomaymycin; DC-81;sibiromycin; pyrrolobenzodiazepine derivative; SGD-1882((S)-2-(4-aminophenyl)-7-methoxy-8-(3-(((S)-7-methoxy-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-5-oxo-5,11a-dihydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yl)oxy)propoxy)-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][l,4]diazepin-5(11aH)-one);SG2000 (SJG-136;(11aS,11a’S)-8,8′-(propane-1,3-diylbis(oxy))bis(7-methoxy-2-methylene-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a] [1,4] diazepin-5 (11aH)-one)).

RNA/DNA Antimetabolites: L-alanosine; 5-azacytidine; 5-fluorouracil;acivicin; aminopterin derivative N-[2-chloro-5-[[(2,4-diamino-5-methyl-6-quinazolinyl)methyl]amino]benzoyl] L-aspartic acid(NSC 132483); aminopterin derivative N-[4-[[(2,4-diamino-5-ethyl-6-quinazolinyl)methyl]amino]benzoyl] L-aspartic acid;aminopterin derivative N-[2-chloro-4-[[(2,4-diamino-6-pteridinyl)methyl] amino]benzoyl] L-aspartic acidmonohydrate; antifolate PT523((N^(α)-(4-amino-4-deoxypteroyl)-N^(γ)-hemiphthaloyl-L-ornithine));Baker’s soluble antifol (NSC 139105); dichlorallyl lawsone ((2-(3,3-dichloroallyl)-3-hydroxy-1,4-naphthoquinone); brequinar; ftorafur((prodrug; 5-fluoro-1-(tetrahydro-2-furyl)-uracil);5,6-dihydro-5-azacytidine; methotrexate; methotrexate derivative(N-[[4-[[(2,4-diamino-6-pteridinyl)methyl]methylamino]-1-naphthalenyl]carbonyl ]L-glutamic acid); PALA ((N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartate); pyrazofurin;trimetrexate.

DNA Antimetabolites: 3-HP; 2′-deoxy-5-fluorouridine; 5-HP; α-TGDR(α-2′-deoxy-6-thioguanosine); aphidicolin glycinate; ara C (cytosinearabinoside); 5-aza-2′-deoxycytidine; β-TGDR(β-2′-deoxy-6-thioguanosine); cyclocytidine; guanazole; hydroxyurea;inosine glycodialdehyde; macbecin II; pyrazoloimidazole; thioguanine;thiopurine.

Mitochondria Inhibitors: pancratistatin; phenpanstatin; rhodamine-123;edelfosine; d-alpha-tocopherol succinate; compound 11β; aspirin;ellipticine; berberine; cerulenin; GX015-070 (Obatoclax®; 1H-Indole,2-(2-((3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)methylene)-3-methoxy-2H-pyrrol-5-yl)-);celastrol (tripterine); metformin; Brilliant green; ME-344.

Antimitotic Agents: allocolchicine; auristatins, such as MMAE(monomethyl auristatin E) and MMAF (monomethyl auristatin F);halichondrin B; cemadotin; colchicine; cholchicine derivative(N-benzoyl-deacetyl benzamide); dolastatin-10; dolastatin-15;maytansine; maytansinoids, such as DM1(N_(2′)-deacetyl-N_(2′)-(3-mercapto-1-oxopropyl)-maytansine); rhozoxin;paclitaxel; paclitaxel derivative((2′-N-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]glutaramate paclitaxel); docetaxel;thiocolchicine; trityl cysteine; vinblastine sulfate; vincristinesulfate.

Nuclear Export Inhibitors: callystatin A; delactonmycin; KPT-185(propan-2-yl(Z)-3-[3-[3-methoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]prop-2-enoate);kazusamycin A; leptolstatin; leptofuranin A; leptomycin B; ratjadone;Verdinexor ((Z)-3-[3-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl] -N′-pyridin-2-ylprop-2-enehydrazide).

Hormonal Therapies: anastrozole; exemestane; arzoxifene; bicalutamide;cetrorelix; degarelix; deslorelin; trilostane; dexamethasone; flutamide;raloxifene; fadrozole; toremifene; fulvestrant; letrozole; formestane;glucocorticoids; doxercalciferol; sevelamer carbonate; lasofoxifene;leuprolide acetate; megesterol; mifepristone; nilutamide; tamoxifencitrate; abarelix; prednisone; finasteride; rilostane; buserelin;luteinizing hormone releasing hormone (LHRH); Histrelin; trilostane ormodrastane; fosrelin; goserelin.

Any of these agents that include, or that may be modified to include, asite of attachment to an antibody and/or binding fragment may beincluded in an anti-cMet ADC.

Skilled artisans will also appreciate that the above mechanisms ofaction are not mutually exclusive, and that in some embodiments it maybe desirable to utilize anti-cMet ADCs capable of exerting antitumoractivity against cMet-expressing (herein referred to as cMet+ tumors) orcMet-overexpressing tumors via more than one mechanism of action. As aspecific example, such an anti-cMet ADC may include a cell-permeatingcytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent that is cytotoxic and/or cytostatic toboth cMet+/overexpressing tumors and cMet-negative tumor cells linked toan anti-cMet antibody by way of a cleavable linker.

Accordingly, in some embodiments, the cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agentsincluded in an anti-cMet ADC will, upon cleavage of the ADC, be able totraverse cell membranes (“cell permeable cytostatic and/or cytotoxicagents”). Specific cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents of interest,and/or cleavage products of ADCs including such agents, may be testedfor the ability to traverse cell membranes using routine methods knownto those of skill in the art. Permeability (P) of molecules across amembrane can be expressed as P = KD/Δx where K is the partitioncoefficient, D is the diffusion coefficient, and Δx is the thickness ofthe cell membrane. The diffusion coefficient (D) is a measure of therate of entry into the cytoplasm depending on the molecular weight orsize of a molecule. K is a measure of the solubility of the substance inlipids. A low value of K describes a molecule like water that is notsoluble in lipid. Graphically, it is expected that permeability (P) as afunction of the partition coefficient (K) will increase linearly when Dand Δx are constants. (Walter & Gutknecht, 1986, “Permeability of smallnonelectrolytes through lipid bilayer membranes,” Journal of MembraneBiology 90:207-217; Diamond & Katz, 1974, “Interpretation ofnonelectrolyte partition coefficients between dimyristoyl lecithin andwater,” Journal of Membrane Biology 17: 121-154).

In a specific embodiment, the cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent is acell-permeable antimitotic agent.

In another specific embodiment, the cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent isa cell-permeable auristatin, such as, for example, dolastatin-10 orMMAE.

In another specific embodiment, the cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent isa cell-permeable minor groove-binding DNA cross-linking agent, such as,for example, a pyrrolobenzodiazepine (“PBD”) dimer.

5.6.2. Linkers

In the anti-cMet ADCs described herein, the cytotoxic and/or cytostaticagents are linked to the antigen binding moiety by way of linkers. Thelinkers may be short, long, hydrophobic, hydrophilic, flexible or rigid,or may be composed of segments that each independently have one or moreof the above-mentioned properties such that the linker may includesegments having different properties. The linkers may be polyvalent suchthat they covalently link more than one agent to a single site on theantibody, or monovalent such that covalently they link a single agent toa single site on the antibody.

As will be appreciated by skilled artisans, the linkers link thecytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents to the antigen binding moiety byforming a covalent linkage to the cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent atone location and a covalent linkage to the antigen binding moiety atanother. The covalent linkages are formed by reaction between functionalgroups on the linker and functional groups on the agents and the antigenbinding moiety. As used herein, the expression “linker” is intended toinclude (i) unconjugated forms of the linker that include a functionalgroup capable of covalently linking the linker to a cytotoxic and/orcytostatic agent and a functional group capable of covalently linkingthe linker to the antigen binding moiety such as an antibody; (ii)partially conjugated forms of the linker that includes a functionalgroup capable of covalently linking the linker to an antigen bindingmoiety such as an antibody and that is covalently linked to a cytotoxicand/or cytostatic agent, or vice versa; and (iii) fully conjugated formsof the linker that is covalently linked to both a cytotoxic and/orcytostatic agent and an antigen binding moiety such as an antibody. Insome specific embodiments of linkers and ADCs described herein, as wellas synthons used to conjugate linker-agents to antibodies, moietiescomprising the functional groups on the linker and covalent linkagesformed between the linker and antibody are specifically illustrated asR^(x) and XY, respectively.

The linkers linking the cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents to theantigen binding moiety of an anti-cMet ADC may be long, short, flexible,rigid, hydrophilic or hydrophobic in nature, or may comprise segmentsthat have different characteristics, such as segments of flexibility,segments of rigidity, etc. The linker may be chemically stable toextracellular environments, for example, chemically stable in the bloodstream, or may include linkages that are not stable and release thecytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents in the extracellular milieu. In someembodiments, the linkers include linkages that are designed to releasethe cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents upon internalization of theanti-cMet ADC within the cell. In some specific embodiments, the linkersincludes linkages designed to cleave and/or immolate or otherwisebreakdown specifically or non-specifically inside cells. A wide varietyof linkers useful for linking drugs to antigen binding moieties such asantibodies in the context of ADCs are known in the art. Any of theselinkers, as well as other linkers, may be used to link the cytotoxicand/or cytostatic agents to the antigen binding moiety of the anti-cMetADCs described herein.

The number of cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents linked to the antigenbinding moiety of an anti-cMet ADC can vary (called the“drug-to-antibody ratio,” or “DAR”), and will be limited only by thenumber of available attachments sites on the antigen binding moiety andthe number of agents linked to a single linker. Typically, a linker willlink a single cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent to the antigen bindingmoiety of an anti-cMet ADC. In embodiments of anti-cMet ADCs whichinclude more than a single cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent, each agentmay be the same or different. As long as the anti-cMet ADC does notexhibit unacceptable levels of aggregation under the conditions of useand/or storage, anti-cMet ADCs with DARs of twenty, or even higher, arecontemplated. In some embodiments, the anti-cMet ADCs described hereinmay have a DAR in the range of about 1-10, 1-8, 1-6, or 1-4. In certainspecific embodiments, the anti-cMet ADCs may have a DAR of 2, 3 or 4. Incertain embodiments, the anti-Cmet ADC has an average DAR of 3.1.

The linkers are preferably, but need not be, chemically stable toconditions outside the cell, and may be designed to cleave, immolateand/or otherwise specifically degrade inside the cell. Alternatively,linkers that are not designed to specifically cleave or degrade insidethe cell may be used. Choice of stable versus unstable linker may dependupon the toxicity of the cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent. A widevariety of linkers useful for linking drugs to antibodies in the contextof ADCs are known in the art. Any of these linkers, as well as otherlinkers, may be used to link the cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents tothe antibody of the ADCs described herein.

Exemplary polyvalent linkers that may be used to link many cytotoxicand/or cytostatic agents to a single antibody molecule are described,for example, in WO 2009/073445; WO 2010/068795; WO 2010/138719; WO2011/120053; WO 2011/171020; WO 2013/096901; WO 2014/008375; WO2014/093379; WO 2014/093394; WO 2014/093640, the contents of which areincorporated herein by reference in their entireties. For example, theFleximer linker technology developed by Mersana et al. has the potentialto enable high-DAR ADCs with good physicochemical properties. As shownbelow, the Mersana technology is based on incorporating drug moleculesinto a solubilizing poly-acetal backbone via a sequence of ester bonds.The methodology renders highly-loaded ADCs (DAR up to 20) whilemaintaining good physicochemical properties.

Additional examples of dendritic type linkers can be found in US2006/116422; US 2005/271615; de Groot et al (2003) Angew. Chem. Int. Ed.42:4490-4494; Amir et al (2003) Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 42:4494-4499;Shamis et al (2004) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 126:1726-1731; Sun et al (2002)Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 12:2213-2215; Sun et al (2003)Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 11:1761-1768; King et al (2002)Tetrahedron Letters 43:1987-1990, each of which is incorporated hereinby reference.

Exemplary monovalent linkers that may be used are described, forexample, in Nolting, 2013, Antibody-Drug Conjugates, Methods inMolecular Biology 1045:71-100; Kitson et al., 2013, CROs/CMOs - ChemicaOggi - Chemistry Today 31(4):30-38; Ducry et al., 2010, BioconjugateChem. 21:5-13; Zhao et al., 2011, J. Med. Chem. 54:3606-3623; U.S. Pat.No. 7,223,837; U.S. Pat. No. 8,568,728; U.S. Pat. No. 8,535,678; andWO2004010957, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.

By way of example and not limitation, some cleavable and noncleavablelinkers that may be included in the anti-cMet ADCs described herein aredescribed below.

5.6.2.1. Cleavable Linkers

In certain embodiments, the linker selected is cleavable in vivo.Cleavable linkers may include chemically or enzymatically unstable ordegradable linkages. Cleavable linkers generally rely on processesinside the cell to liberate the drug, such as reduction in thecytoplasm, exposure to acidic conditions in the lysosome, or cleavage byspecific proteases or other enzymes within the cell. Cleavable linkersgenerally incorporate one or more chemical bonds that are eitherchemically or enzymatically cleavable while the remainder of the linkeris noncleavable. In certain embodiments, a linker comprises a chemicallylabile group such as hydrazone and/or disulfide groups. Linkerscomprising chemically labile groups exploit differential propertiesbetween the plasma and some cytoplasmic compartments. The intracellularconditions to facilitate drug release for hydrazone containing linkersare the acidic environment of endosomes and lysosomes, while thedisulfide containing linkers are reduced in the cytosol, which containshigh thiol concentrations, e.g., glutathione. In certain embodiments,the plasma stability of a linker comprising a chemically labile groupmay be increased by introducing steric hindrance using substituents nearthe chemically labile group.

Acid-labile groups, such as hydrazone, remain intact during systemiccirculation in the blood’s neutral pH environment (pH 7.3-7.5) andundergo hydrolysis and release the drug once the ADC is internalizedinto mildly acidic endosomal (pH 5.0-6.5) and lysosomal (pH 4.5-5.0)compartments of the cell. This pH dependent release mechanism has beenassociated with nonspecific release of the drug. To increase thestability of the hydrazone group of the linker, the linker may be variedby chemical modification, e.g., substitution, allowing tuning to achievemore efficient release in the lysosome with a minimized loss incirculation.

Hydrazone-containing linkers may contain additional cleavage sites, suchas additional acid-labile cleavage sites and/or enzymatically labilecleavage sites. ADCs including exemplary hydrazone-containing linkersinclude the following structures:

wherein D and Ab represent the cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent (drug)and antibody, respectively, and n represents the number of drug-linkerslinked to the antibody. In certain linkers such as linker (Ig), thelinker comprises two cleavable groups - a disulfide and a hydrazonemoiety. For such linkers, effective release of the unmodified free drugrequires acidic pH or disulfide reduction and acidic pH. Linkers such as(Ih) and (Ii) have been shown to be effective with a single hydrazonecleavage site.

Other acid-labile groups that may be included in linkers includecis-aconityl-containing linkers. cis-Aconityl chemistry uses acarboxylic acid juxtaposed to an amide bond to accelerate amidehydrolysis under acidic conditions.

Cleavable linkers may also include a disulfide group. Disulfides arethermodynamically stable at physiological pH and are designed to releasethe drug upon internalization inside cells, wherein the cytosol providesa significantly more reducing environment compared to the extracellularenvironment. Scission of disulfide bonds generally requires the presenceof a cytoplasmic thiol cofactor, such as (reduced) glutathione (GSH),such that disulfide-containing linkers are reasonably stable incirculation, selectively releasing the drug in the cytosol. Theintracellular enzyme protein disulfide isomerase, or similar enzymescapable of cleaving disulfide bonds, may also contribute to thepreferential cleavage of disulfide bonds inside cells. GSH is reportedto be present in cells in the concentration range of 0.5-10 mM comparedwith a significantly lower concentration of GSH or cysteine, the mostabundant low-molecular weight thiol, in circulation at approximately 5µM. Tumor cells, where irregular blood flow leads to a hypoxic state,result in enhanced activity of reductive enzymes and therefore evenhigher glutathione concentrations. In certain embodiments, the in vivostability of a disulfide-containing linker may be enhanced by chemicalmodification of the linker, e.g., use of steric hinderance adjacent tothe disulfide bond.

ADCs including exemplary disulfide-containing linkers include thefollowing structures:

wherein D and Ab represent the drug and antibody, respectively, nrepresents the number of drug-linkers linked to the antibody, and R isindependently selected at each occurrencefrom hydrogen or alkyl, forexample. In certain embodiments, increasing steric hinderance adjacentto the disulfide bond increases the stability of the linker. Structuressuch as (Ij) and (Il) show increased in vivo stability when one or moreR groups is selected from a lower alkyl such as methyl.

Another type of cleavable linker that may be used is a linker that isspecifically cleaved by an enzyme. Such linkers are typicallypeptide-based or include peptidic regions that act as substrates forenzymes. Peptide based linkers tend to be more stable in plasma andextracellular milieu than chemically labile linkers. Peptide bondsgenerally have good serum stability, as lysosomal proteolytic enzymeshave very low activity in blood due to endogenous inhibitors and theunfavorably high pH value of blood compared to lysosomes. Release of adrug from an antibody occurs specifically due to the action of lysosomalproteases, e.g., cathepsin and plasmin. These proteases may be presentat elevated levels in certain tumor cells.

In exemplary embodiments, the cleavable peptide is selected fromtetrapeptides such as Gly-Phe-Leu-Gly (SEQ ID NO:98), Ala-Leu-Ala-Leu(SEQ ID NO:99) or dipeptides such as Val-Cit, Val-Ala, Met-(D)Lys,Asn-(D)Lys, Val-(D)Asp, Phe-Lys, Ile-Val, Asp-Val, His-Val,NorVal-(D)Asp, Ala-(D)Asp, Met-Lys, Asn-Lys, Ile-Pro, Me3Lys-Pro,PhenylGly-(D)Lys, Met-(D)Lys, Asn-(D)Lys, Pro-(D)Lys, Met-(D)Lys,Asn-(D)Lys, Met-(D)Lys, Asn-(D)Lys. In certain embodiments, dipeptidesare preferred over longer polypeptides due to hydrophobicity of thelonger peptides.

A variety of dipeptide-based cleavable linkers useful for linking drugssuch as doxorubicin, mitomycin, campotothecin, tallysomycin andauristatin/auristatin family members to antibodies have been described(see, Dubowchik et al., 1998, J. Org. Chem. 67:1866-1872; Dubowchik etal., 1998, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 8(21):3341-3346; Walker et al.,2002, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 12:217-219; Walker et al., 2004, Bioorg.Med. Chem. Lett. 14:4323-4327; and Francisco et al., 2003, Blood102:1458-1465, Domina et al., 2008, Bioconjugate Chemistry 19:1960-1963,of each of which is incorporated herein by reference). All of thesedipeptide linkers, or modified versions of these dipeptide linkers, maybe used in the ADCs described herein. Other dipeptide linkers that maybe used include those found in ADCs such as Seattle Genetics’Brentuximab Vendotin SGN-35 (Adcetris™), Seattle Genetics SGN-75(anti-CD-70, Val-Cit-MMAF), Celldex Therapeutics glembatumumab (CDX-011)(anti-NMB, Val-Cit-MMAE), and Cytogen PSMA-ADC (PSMA-ADC-1301)(anti-PSMA, Val-Cit-MMAE).

Enzymatically cleavable linkers may include a self-immolative spacer tospatially separate the drug from the site of enzymatic cleavage. Thedirect attachment of a drug to a peptide linker can result inproteolytic release of an amino acid adduct of the drug, therebyimpairing its activity. The use of a self-immolative spacer allows forthe elimination of the fully active, chemically unmodified drug uponamide bond hydrolysis.

One self-immolative spacer is the bifunctional para-aminobenzyl alcoholgroup, which is linked to the peptide through the amino group, formingan amide bond, while amine containing drugs may be attached throughcarbamate functionalities to the benzylic hydroxyl group of the linker(PABC). The resulting prodrugs are activated upon protease-mediatedcleavage, leading to a 1,6-elimination reaction releasing the unmodifieddrug, carbon dioxide, and remnants of the linker group. The followingscheme depicts the fragmentation of p-amidobenzyl ether and release ofthe drug:

wherein X-D represents the unmodified drug.

Heterocyclic variants of this self-immolative group have also beendescribed. See for example, US 7,989,434, incorporated herein byreference.

In some embodiments, the enzymatically cleavable linker is aß-glucuronic acid-based linker. Facile release of the drug may berealized through cleavage of the ß-glucuronide glycosidic bond by thelysosomal enzyme ß-glucuronidase. This enzyme is present abundantlywithin lysosomes and is overexpressed in some tumor types, while theenzyme activity outside cells is low. ß-Glucuronic acid-based linkersmay be used to circumvent the tendency of an ADC to undergo aggregationdue to the hydrophilic nature of ß-glucuronides. In some embodiments,ß-glucuronic acid-based linkers are preferred as linkers for ADCs linkedto hydrophobic drugs. The following scheme depicts the release of thedrug from and ADC containing a ß-glucuronic acid-based linker:

A variety of cleavable ß-glucuronic acid-based linkers useful forlinking drugs such as auristatins, camptothecin and doxorubicinanalogues, CBI minor-groove binders, and psymberin to antibodies havebeen described (see, see Nolting, Chapter 5 “Linker Technology inAntibody-Drug Conjugates,” In: Antibody-Drug Conjugates: Methods inMolecular Biology, vol. 1045, pp. 71-100, Laurent Ducry (Ed.), SpringerScience & Business Medica, LLC, 2013; Jeffrey et al., 2006, Bioconjug.Chem. 17:831-840; Jeffrey et al., 2007, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett.17:2278-2280; and Jiang et al., 2005, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 127:11254-11255,each of which is incorporated herein by reference). All of theseß-glucuronic acid-based linkers may be used in the anti-cMet ADCsdescribed herein.

Additionally, cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agents containing a phenolgroup can be covalently bonded to a linker through the phenolic oxygen.One such linker, described in WO 2007/089149, relies on a methodogy inwhich a diamino-ethane “SpaceLink” is used in conjunction withtraditional “PABO”-based self-immolative groups to deliver phenols. Thecleavage of the linker is depicted schematically below, where Drepresents a cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent having a phenolichydroxyl group.

Cleavable linkers may include noncleavable portions or segments, and/orcleavable segments or portions may be included in an otherwisenon-cleavable linker to render it cleavable. By way of example only,polyethylene glycol (PEG) and related polymers may include cleavablegroups in the polymer backbone. For example, a polyethylene glycol orpolymer linker may include one or more cleavable groups such as adisulfide, a hydrazone or a dipeptide.

Other degradable linkages that may be employed in linkers include, butare not limited to, ester linkages formed by the reaction of PEGcarboxylic acids or activated PEG carboxylic acids with alcohol groupson a biologically active agent, wherein such ester groups generallyhydrolyze under physiological conditions to release the biologicallyactive agent. Hydrolytically degradable linkages include, but are notlimited to, carbonate linkages; imine linkages resulting from reactionof an amine and an aldehyde; phosphate ester linkages formed by reactingan alcohol with a phosphate group; acetal linkages that are the reactionproduct of an aldehyde and an alcohol; orthoester linkages that are thereaction product of a formate and an alcohol; and oligonucleotidelinkages formed by a phosphoramidite group, including but not limitedto, at the end of a polymer, and a 5′-hydroxyl group of anoligonucleotide.

In certain embodiments, the linker comprises an enzymatically cleavablepeptide moiety, for example, a linker comprising structural formula(IVa), (IVb), (IVc), or (IVd):

-   or a salt thereof, wherein:

-   peptide represents a peptide (illustrated C→N and not showing the    carboxy and amino “termini”) cleavable by a lysosomal enzyme;

-   T represents a polymer comprising one or more ethylene glycol units    or an alkylene chain, or combinations thereof;

-   R^(a) is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, sulfonate and methyl    sulfonate;

-   p is an integer ranging from 0 to 5;

-   q is 0 or 1;

-   x is 0 or 1;

-   y is 0 or 1;

-   

-   represents the point of attachment of the linker to a cytotoxic    and/or cytostatic agent; and

-   * represents the point of attachment to the remainder of the linker.

In certain embodiments, the lysosomal enzyme is selected from CathepsinB and β-glucoronidase.

In certain embodiments, the peptide is selected from a tripeptide or adipeptide. In particular embodiments, the dipeptide is selected from:Val-Cit; Cit-Val; Ala-Ala; Ala-Cit; Cit-Ala; Asn-Cit; Cit-Asn; Cit-Cit;Val-Glu; Glu-Val; Ser-Cit; Cit-Ser; Lys-Cit; Cit-Lys; Asp-Cit; Cit-Asp;Ala-Val; Val-Ala; Phe-Lys; Val-Lys; Ala-Lys; Phe-Cit; Leu-Cit; Ile-Cit;Phe-Arg; and Trp-Cit. In certain embodiments, the peptide is selectedfrom: Val-Cit; Cit-Val; Ala-Ala; Ala-Cit; Cit-Ala; Asn-Cit; Cit-Asn;Cit-Cit; Val-Glu; Glu-Val; Ser-Cit; Cit-Ser; Lys-Cit; Cit-Lys; Asp-Cit;Cit-Asp; Ala-Val; and Val-Ala and salts thereof.

Specific exemplary embodiments of linkers according to structuralformula (IVa) that may be included in the ADCs described herein includethe linkers illustrated below (as illustrated, the linkers include agroup suitable for covalently linking the linker to an antibody):

Specific exemplary embodiments of linkers according to structuralformula (IVb) that may be included in the ADCs described herein includethe linkers illustrated below (as illustrated, the linkers include agroup suitable for covalently linking the linker to an antibody):

Specific exemplary embodiments of linkers according to structuralformula (IVc) that may be included in the ADCs described herein includethe linkers illustrated below (as illustrated, the linkers include agroup suitable for covalently linking the linker to an antibody):

Specific exemplary embodiments of linkers according to structuralformula (IVd) that may be included in the ADCs described herein includethe linkers illustrated below (as illustrated, the linkers include agroup suitable for covalently linking the linker to an antibody):

In certain embodiments, the linker comprising structural formula (IVa),(IVb), (IVc), or (IVd) further comprises a carbonate moiety cleavable byexposure to an acidic medium. In particular embodiments, the linker isattached through an oxygen to a cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent.

5.6.2.2. Non-Cleavable Linkers

Although cleavable linkers may provide certain advantages, the linkerscomposing the ADC described herein need not be cleavable. Fornon-cleavable linkers, the release of drug does not depend on thedifferential properties between the plasma and some cytoplasmiccompartments. The release of the drug is postulated to occur afterinternalization of the ADC via antigen-mediated endocytosis and deliveryto lysosomal compartment, where the antibody is degraded to the level ofamino acids through intracellular proteolytic degradation. This processreleases a drug derivative, which is formed by the drug, the linker, andthe amino acid residue to which the linker was covalently attached. Theamino acid drug metabolites from conjugates with non-cleavable linkersare more hydrophilic and generally less membrane permeable, which leadsto less bystander effects and less nonspecific toxicities compared toconjugates with a cleavable linker. In general, ADCs with noncleavablelinkers have greater stability in circulation than ADCs with cleavablelinkers. Non-cleavable linkers may be alkylene chains, or may bepolymeric in nature, such as, for example, those based upon polyalkyleneglycol polymers, amide polymers, or may include segments of alkylenechains, polyalkylene glycols and/or amide polymers.

A variety of non-cleavable linkers used to link drugs to antibodies havebeen described. See, Jeffrey et al., 2006, Bioconjug. Chem. 17;831-840;Jeffrey et al., 2007, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 17:2278-2280; and Jianget al., 2005, J. Am .Chem. Soc. 127:11254-11255, each of which isincorporated herein by reference. All of these linkers may be includedin the ADCs described herein.

In certain embodiments, the linker is non-cleavable in vivo, for examplea linker according to structural formula (VIa), (VIb), (VIc) or (VId)(as illustrated, the linkers include a group suitable for covalentlylinking the linker to an antibody:

-   or salts thereof, wherein:

-   R^(a) is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, sulfonate and methyl    sulfonate;

-   R^(x) is a moiety including a functional group capable of covalently    linking the linker to an antibody; and

-   

-   represents the point of attachment of the linker to a cytotoxic    and/or cytostatic agent. Specific exemplary embodiments of linkers    according to structural formula (VIa)-(VId) that may be included in    the ADCs described herein include the linkers illustrated below (as    illustrated, the linkers include a group suitable for covalently    linking the linker to an antibody, and

-   

-   represents the point of attachment to a cytotoxic and/or cytostatic    agent):

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

5.6.2.3. Groups Used to Attach Linkers to Antibodies

A variety of groups may be used to attach linker-drug synthons toantibodies to yield ADCs. Attachment groups can be electrophilic innature and include: maleimide groups, activiated disulfides, activeesters such as NHS esters and HOBt esters, haloformates, acid halides,alkyl and benzyl halides such as haloacetamides. As discussed below,there are also emerging technologies related to “self-stabilizing”maleimides and “bridging disulfides” that can be used in accordance withthe disclosure. The specific group used will depend, in part, on thesite of attachment to the antibody.

One example of a “self-stabilizing” maleimide group that hydrolyzesspontaneously under antibody conjugation conditions to give an ADCspecies with improved stability is depicted in the schematic below. SeeUS20130309256 A1; also Lyon et al., Nature Biotech published online,doi:10.1038/nbt.2968).

Polytherics has disclosed a method for bridging a pair of sulfhydrylgroups derived from reduction of a native hinge disulfide bond. See,Badescu et al., 2014, Bioconjugate Chem. 25:1124-1136. The reaction isdepicted in the schematic below. An advantage of this methodology is theability to synthesize homogeneous DAR4 ADCs by full reduction of IgGs(to give 4 pairs of sulfhydryls) followed by reaction with 4 equivalentsof the alkylating agent. ADCs containing “bridged disulfides” are alsoembodimented to have increased stability.

Similarly, as depicted below, a maleimide derivative (1, below) that iscapable of bridging a pair of sulfhydryl groups has been developed. SeeWO2013/085925.

5.6.2.4. Linker Selection Considerations

As is known by skilled artisans, the linker selected for a particularADC may be influenced by a variety of factors, including but not limitedto, the site of attachment to the antibody (e.g., Lys, Cys or otheramino acid residues), structural constraints of the drug pharmacophoreand the lipophilicity of the drug. The specific linker selected for anADC should seek to balance these different factors for the specificantibody/drug combination. For a review of the factors that areinfluenced by choice of linkers in ADCs, see Nolting, Chapter 5 “LinkerTechnology in Antibody-Drug Conjugates,” In: Antibody-Drug Conjugates:Methods in Molecular Biology, vol. 1045, pp. 71-100, Laurent Ducry(Ed.), Springer Science & Business Medica, LLC, 2013.

For example, anti-cMet ADCs can effect killing of bystandercMet-negative tumor cells present in the vicinity of cMet-expressingcancer cells. The mechanism of bystander cell killing by ADCs hasindicated that metabolic products formed during intracellular processingof the ADCs may play a role. Cell-permeable cytotoxic and/or cytostaticmetabolites generated by metabolism of the ADCs in cMet-expressing cellsappear to play a role in bystander cell killing, whilenon-cell-permeable metabolites, which are incapable of traversing thecell membrane and diffusing into the medium cannot effect bystanderkilling. In certain embodiments, the linker is selected to effect,enhance or increase the bystander killing effect of the anti-cMet ADCs.

The properties of the linker may also impact aggregation of the ADCunder conditions of use and/or storage. Typically, ADCs reported in theliterature contain no more than 3-4 drug molecules per antigen-bindingmoiety, for example, per antibody molecule (see, e.g., Chari, 2008, AccChem Res 41:98-107). Attempts to obtain higher drug-to-antibody ratios(“DAR”) often failed, particularly if both the drug and the linker werehydrophobic, due to aggregation of the ADC (King et al., 2002, J MedChem 45:4336-4343; Hollander et al., 2008, Bioconjugate Chem 19:358-361;Burke et al., 2009 Bioconjugate Chem 20:1242-1250). In many instances,DARs higher than 3-4 could be beneficial as a means of increasingpotency. In instances where the cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent ishydrophobic in nature, it may be desirable to select linkers that arerelatively hydrophilic as a means of reducing ADC aggregation,especially in instances where DARS greater than 3-4 are desired. Thus,in certain embodiments, the linker incorporates chemical moieties thatreduce aggregation of the ADCs during storage and/or use. A linker mayincorporate polar or hydrophilic groups such as charged groups or groupsthat become charged under physiological pH to reduce the aggregation ofthe ADCs. For example, a linker may incorporate charged groups such assalts or groups that deprotonate, e.g., carboxylates, or protonate,e.g., amines, at physiological pH.

Exemplary polyvalent linkers that have been reported to yield DARs ashigh as 20 that may be used to link numerous cytotoxic and/or cytostaticagents to an antibody are described in WO 2009/073445; WO 2010/068795;WO 2010/138719; WO 2011/120053; WO 2011/171020; WO 2013/096901; WO2014/008375; WO 2014/093379; WO 2014/093394; WO 2014/093640, thecontents of which are incorporated herein by reference in theirentireties.

In particular embodiments, the aggregation of the ADCs during storage oruse is less than about 10% as determined by size-exclusionchromatography (SEC). In particular embodiments, the aggregation of theADCs during storage or use is less than 10%, such as less than about 5%,less than about 4%, less than about 3%, less than about 2%, less thanabout 1%, less than about 0.5%, less than about 0.1%, or even lower, asdetermined by size-exclusion chromatography (SEC).

5.6.3. ABBV-399

As described throughout the specification, ABBV-399 is an ADC comprisedof the cMet targeting antibody ABT-700 (PR-1266688, h224G11) conjugatedto the potent cytotoxin monomethyl auristatin E (MMAE) through a valinecitrulline (vc) linker. ABBV-399 has been used in a Phase 1 clinicaltrial (see Example 16) with a DAR of 3.1.

In alternative embodiments, ABBV-399 can be used at a 1:1 E2/E4 ratio,which corresponds to an average DAR of 3.0. In other words, the ABBV-399is used as a composition comprising a 1:1 ratio of the E2 and E4purified fractions of antibody-drug conjugate.

5.6.4. ABT-700 PBD

ABT-700 (S238C)-PBD (Kabat numbering) is the same as ABT-700 (S239C)-PBD(Eu numbering) and is comprised of two PBD drug-linker moleculesconjugated to a cys engineered mAb ABT-700. The conjugation processconsists of a quantitative reduction of the engineered and interchaindisulfides. The reduction mixture is then purified to remove the excessreagent and its byproducts, followed by quantitative oxidation of theinterchain disulfides and then conjugation with excess PBD drug-linker.After quenching, the reaction mixture is purified and buffer- exchangedto yield ABT-700 (S238C)-PBD. Reaction parameters have been identifiedto provide a conjugate with >80% DAR2 drug loading.

The sequence of ABT-700 PBD, which carries a S238C mutation (Kabatnumbering) (equivalent to S239C mutation in Eu numbering), is as follows(CDRs are underlined; the numbering system is Kabat; and the S238Cmutation is represented by C (bold, underlined, and italics):

Amino Acid Sequence (10 AA per group, 5 groups per line)

Heavy Chain (SEQ ID NO: 171) (underlined CDR sequences disclosed as SEQID NOS 173-175, respectively, in order of appearance):

QVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV SCKASGYIFT AYTMHWVRQA PGQGLEWMGW  50IKPNNGLANY AQKFQGRVTM TRDTSISTAY MELSRLRSDD TAVYYCARSE 100ITTEFDYWGQ GTLVTVSSAS TKGPSVFPLA PSSKSTSGGT AALGCLVKDY 150FPEPVTVSWN SGALTSGVHT FPAVLQSSGL YSLSSVVTVP SSSLGTQTYI 200CNVNHKPSNT KVDKRVEPKS CDCHCPPCPA PELLGGP C VF LFPPKPKDTL 250MISRTPEVTC VVVDVSHEDP EVKFNWYVDG VEVHNAKTKP REEQYNSTYR 300VVSVLTVLHQ DWLNGKEYKC KVSNKALPAP IEKTISKAKG QPREPQVYTL 350PPSREEMTKN QVSLTCLVKG FYPSDIAVEW ESNGQPENNY KTTPPVLDSD 400GSFFLYSKLT VDKSRWQQGN VFSCSVMHEA LHNHYTQKSL SLSPG      445

Light Chain (SEQ ID NO: 172) (underlined CDR sequences disclosed as SEQID NOS 176-178, respectively, in order of appearance):

DIVMTQSPDS LAVSLGERAT INCKSSESVD SYANSFLHWY QQKPGQPPKL  50LIYRASTRES GVPDRFSGSG SGTDFTLTIS SLQAEDVAVY YCQQSKEDPL 100TFGGGTKVEI KRTVAAPSVF IFPPSDEQLK SGTASVVCLL NNFYPREAKV 150QWKVDNALQS GNSQESVTEQ DSKDSTYSLS STLTLSKADY EKHKVYACEV 200THQGLSSPVT KSFNRGEC                                    218

5.7. Methods of Making Anti-cMet Antibody Drug Conjugates

The ADCs described herein may be synthesized using chemistries that arewell-known. The chemistries selected will depend upon, among otherthings, the identity of the cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent(s), thelinker and the groups used to attach linker to the antibody. Generally,ADCs according to formula (I) may be prepared according to the followingscheme:

where D, L, Ab, XY and n are as previously defined, and R^(x) and R^(y)represent complementary groups capable of forming covalent linkages withone another, as discussed above.

The identities of groups R^(x) and R^(y) will depend upon the chemistryused to link synthon D-L-R^(x) to the antibody. Generally, the chemistryused should not alter the integrity of the antibody, for example itsability to bind its target. Preferably, the binding properties of theconjugated antibody will closely resemble those of the unconjugatedantibody. A variety of chemistries and techniques for conjugatingmolecules to biological molecules such as antibodies are known in theart and in particular to antibodies, are well-known. See, e.g., Amon etal., “Monoclonal Antibodies For Immunotargeting Of Drugs In CancerTherapy,” in: Monoclonal Antibodies And Cancer Therapy, Reisfeld et al.Eds., Alan R. Liss, Inc., 1985; Hellstrom et al., “Antibodies For DrugDelivery,” in: Controlled Drug Delivery, Robinson et al.Eds., MarcelDekker, Inc., 2nd Ed. 1987; Thorpe, “Antibody Carriers Of CytotoxicAgents In Cancer Therapy: A Review,” in: Monoclonal Antibodies ′84:Biological And Clinical Applications, Pinchera et al.,Eds., 1985;“Analysis, Results, and Future Prospective of the Therapeutic Use ofRadiolabeled Antibody In Cancer Therapy,” in: Monoclonal Antibodies ForCancer Detection And Therapy, Baldwin et al., Eds., Academic Press,1985; Thorpe et al., 1982, Immunol. Rev. 62:119-58; PCT publication WO89/12624. Any of these chemistries may be used to link the synthons toan antibody.

A number of functional groups R^(x) and chemistries useful for linkingsynthons to accessible lysine residues are known, and include by way ofexample and not limitation NHS-esters and isothiocyanates.

A number of functional groups R^(x) and chemistries useful for linkingsynthons to accessible free sulfhydryl groups of cysteine residues areknown, and include by way of example and not limitation haloacetyls andmaleimides.

However, conjugation chemistries are not limited to available side chaingroups. Side chains such as amines may be converted to other usefulgroups, such as hydroxyls, by linking an appropriate small molecule tothe amine. This strategy can be used to increase the number of availablelinking sites on the antibody by conjugating multifunctional smallmolecules to side chains of accessible amino acid residues of theantibody. Functional groups R^(x) suitable for covalently linking thesynthons to these “converted” functional groups are then included in thesynthons.

An antibody may also be engineered to include amino acid residues forconjugation. An approach for engineering antibodies to includenon-genetically encoded amino acid residues useful for conjugating drugsin the context of ADCs is described by Axup et al., 2012, Proc Natl AcadSci U S A. 109(40):16101-16106, as are chemistries and functional groupsuseful for linking synthons to the non-encoded amino acids.

Typically, the synthons are linked to the side chains of amino acidresidues of the antibody, including, for example, the primary aminogroup of accessible lysine residues or the sulfhydryl group ofaccessible cysteine residues. Free sulfhydryl groups may be obtained byreducing interchain disulfide bonds.

For linkages where R^(y) is a sulfhydryl group (for example, when R^(x)is a maleimide), the antibody is generally first fully or partiallyreduced to disrupt interchain disulfide bridges between cysteineresidues. Specific cysteine residues and interchain disulfide bridgesthat may be reduced for attachment of drug-linker synthons including agroup suitable for conjugation to a sulfhydryl group for exemplaryantibody ABT-700, include by way of example and not limitation, residuesC221, C223, C225, and C228 on the human IgG₁ heavy chain, and residueC218 on the human Ig kappa light chain of the ABT-700 disclosed herein .

Cysteine residues for synthon attachment that do not participate indisulfide bridges may be engineered into an antibody by mutation of oneor more codons. These unpaired cysteines provide a sulfhydryl groupsuitable for conjugation. Preferred positions for incorporatingengineered cysteines include, by way of example and not limitation,positions S112C, S113C, A114C, S115C, A176C, S180C, S252C, V286C, V292C,S357C, A359C, S398C, S428C (Kabat numbering) on the human IgG₁ heavychain and positions V110C, S114C, S121C, S127C, S168C, V205C (Kabatnumbering) on the human Ig kappa light chain (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.7,521,541, U.S. Pat. No. 7,855,275 and U.S. Pat. No. 8,455,622).

As will be appreciated by skilled artisans, the number of cytotoxicand/or cytostatic agents linked to an antibody molecule may vary, suchthat an ADC preparation may be heterogeneous in nature, where someantibodies in the preparation contain one linked agent, some two, somethree, etc. (and some none). The degree of heterogeneity will dependupon, among other things, the chemistries used for linking the cytotoxicand/or cytostatic agents. For example, where the antibodies are reducedto yield sulfhydryl groups for attachment, heterogenous mixtures ofantibodies having zero, 2, 4, 6 or 8 linked agents per molecule areoften produced. Furthermore, by limiting the molar ratio of attachmentcompound, antibodies having zero, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 linked agentsper molecule are often produced. Thus, it will be understood thatdepending upon context, stated drug antibody ratios (DARs) may beaverages for a collection of antibodies. For example, “DAR4” refers toan ADC preparation that has not been subjected to purification toisolate specific DAR peaks and comprises a heterogeneous mixture of ADCmolecules having different numbers of cytostatic and/or cytotoxic agentsattached per antibody (e.g., 0, 2, 4, 6, 8 agents per antibody), but hasan average drug-to-antibody ratio of 4. Similarly, “DAR8” refers to aheterogeneous ADC preparation in which the average drug-to-antibodyratio is 8.

Heterogeneous ADC preparations may be processed, for example, byhydrophobic interaction chromatography (“HIC”) to yield preparationsenriched in an ADC having a specified DAR of interest (or a mixture oftwo or more specified DARS). Such enriched preparations are designedherein as “EX,” where “E” indicates the ADC preparation has beenprocessed and is enriched in an ADC having a specific DAR and “X”represents the number of cytostatic and/or cytotoxic agents linked perADC molecule. Preparations enriched in a mixture of ADCs having twospecific DARs are designated “EX/EY,” three specific DARs “EX/EY/EZ”etc., where “E” indicates the ADC preparation has been processed toenrich the specified DARs and “X,” “Y” and “Z” represent the DARsenriched. As specific examples, “E2” refers to an ADC preparation thathas been enriched to contain primarily ADCs having two cytostatic and/orcytotoxic agents linked per ADC molecule. “E4” refers to an ADCpreparation that has been enriched to contain primarily ADCs having fourcytostatic and/or cytotoxic agents linked per ADC molecule. “E2/E4”refers to an ADC preparation that has been enriched to contain primarilytwo ADC populations, one having two cytostatic and/or cytotoxic agentslinked per ADC molecule and another having four cytostatic and/orcytotoxic agents linked per ADC molecule.

As used herein, enriched “E” preparations will generally be at leastabout 80% pure in the stated DAR ADCs, although higher levels of purity,such as purities of at least about 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or even higher,may be obtainable and desirable. For example, an “EX” preparation willgenerally be at least about 80% pure in ADCs having X cytostatic and/orcytotoxic agents linked per ADC molecule. For “higher order” enrichedpreparations, such as, for example, “EX/EY” preparations, the sum totalof ADCs having X and Y cytostatic and/or cytotoxic agents linked per ADCmolecule will generally comprise at least about 80% of the total ADCs inthe preparation. Similarly, in an enriched “EX/EY/EZ” preparation, thesum total of ADCs having X, Y and Z cytostatic and/or cytotoxic agentslinked per ADC molecule will comprise at least about 80% of the totalADCs in the preparation.

Purity may be assessed by a variety of methods, as is known in the art.As a specific example, an ADC preparation may be analyzed via HPLC orother chromatography and the purity assessed by analyzing areas underthe curves of the resultant peaks. Specific chromatography methods thatmay be employed to assess purity of ADC preparations are provided inExample 6.

FIG. 2 illustrates Process I, which is used to obtain a DAR of 3.1. FIG.3 illustrates Process II, which was used to obtain a 1:1 E2/E4 ratio.

Specific methods for obtaining heterogenous mixtures of ADCs comprisinghumanized antibody huM25 having an average DAR of 4, as well as highlypurified preparations containing 2 and 4 linked agents are provided inthe Examples section. These specific methods may be modified usingroutine skill to obtain heterogeous and/or homogeneous ADCs comprisingother anti-cMet antibodies, linkers and/or cytotoxic and/or cytostaticagents.

After conjugation of vcMMAE to ABT-700, an additional process step isused to reduce the average drug-to-antibody ratio (DAR) fromapproximately 5 to approximately 3, which results in a more homogeneousdrug product with fewer MMAE molecules conjugated to the antibody. Thisstrategy was implemented to reduce the number of drug molecules attachedto ABBV-399, which may improve its tolerability, since high order drugmolecules may contribute disproportionally to toxicity.

5.8. Compositions

The ADCs described herein may be in the form of compositions comprisingthe ADC and one or more carriers, excipients and/or diluents. Thecompositions may be formulated for specific uses, such as for veterinaryuses or pharmaceutical uses in humans. The form of the composition(e.g., dry powder, liquid formulation, etc.) and the excipients,diluents and/or carriers used will depend upon the intended uses of theantibody and/or ADC and, for therapeutic uses, the mode ofadministration.

For therapeutic uses, the compositions may be supplied as part of asterile, pharmaceutical composition that includes a pharmaceuticallyacceptable carrier. This composition can be in any suitable form(depending upon the desired method of administering it to a patient).The pharmaceutical composition can be administered to a patient by avariety of routes such as orally, transdermally, subcutaneously,intranasally, intravenously, intramuscularly, intratumorally,intrathecally, topically or locally. The most suitable route foradministration in any given case will depend on the particular antibodyand/or ADC, the subject, and the nature and severity of the disease andthe physical condition of the subject. Typically, the pharmaceuticalcomposition will be administered intravenously or subcutaneously.

Pharmaceutical compositions can be conveniently presented in unit dosageforms containing a predetermined amount of an antibody and/or ADCdescribed herein per dose. The quantity of antibody and/or ADC includedin a unit dose will depend on the disease being treated, as well asother factors as are well known in the art. Such unit dosages may be inthe form of a lyophilized dry powder containing an amount of antibodyand/or ADC suitable for a single administration, or in the form of aliquid. Dry powder unit dosage forms may be packaged in a kit with asyringe, a suitable quantity of diluent and/or other components usefulfor administration. Unit dosages in liquid form may be convenientlysupplied in the form of a syringe pre-filled with a quantity of antibodyand/or ADC suitable for a single administration.

The pharmaceutical compositions may also be supplied in bulk formcontaining quantities of ADC suitable for multiple administrations.

Pharmaceutical compositions may be prepared for storage as lyophilizedformulations or aqueous solutions by mixing an antibody and/or ADChaving the desired degree of purity with optionalpharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, excipients or stabilizerstypically employed in the art (all of which are referred to herein as“carriers”), i.e., buffering agents, stabilizing agents, preservatives,isotonifiers, non-ionic detergents, antioxidants, and othermiscellaneous additives. See, Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16thedition (Osol, ed. 1980) and Remington: The Science and Practice ofPharmacy, 22^(nd) Edition (Edited by Allen, Loyd V. Jr., 2012). Suchadditives should be nontoxic to the recipients at the dosages andconcentrations employed.

Buffering agents help to maintain the pH in the range which stabilizesthe protein. They may be present at a wide variety of concentrations,but will typically be present in concentrations ranging from about 2 mMto about 50 mM. Suitable buffering agents for use with the presentdisclosure include both organic and inorganic acids and salts thereofsuch as citrate buffers (e.g., monosodium citrate-disodium citratemixture, citric acid-trisodium citrate mixture, citric acid-monosodiumcitrate mixture, etc.), succinate buffers (e.g., succinicacid-monosodium succinate mixture, succinic acid-sodium hydroxidemixture, succinic acid-disodium succinate mixture, etc.), tartratebuffers (e.g., tartaric acid-sodium tartrate mixture, tartaricacid-potassium tartrate mixture, tartaric acid-sodium hydroxide mixture,etc.), fumarate buffers (e.g., fumaric acid-monosodium fumarate mixture,fumaric acid-disodium fumarate mixture, monosodium fumarate-disodiumfumarate mixture, etc.), gluconate buffers (e.g., gluconic acid-sodiumgluconate mixture, gluconic acid-sodium hydroxide mixture, gluconicacid-potassium gluconate mixture, etc.), oxalate buffer (e.g., oxalicacid-sodium oxalate mixture, oxalic acid-sodium hydroxide mixture,oxalic acid-potassium oxalate mixture, etc.), lactate buffers (e.g.,lactic acid-sodium lactate mixture, lactic acid-sodium hydroxidemixture, lactic acid-potassium lactate mixture, etc.) and acetatebuffers (e.g., acetic acid-sodium acetate mixture, acetic acid-sodiumhydroxide mixture, etc.). Additionally, phosphate buffers, histidinebuffers and trimethylamine salts such as Tris can be used.

Preservatives may be added to retard microbial growth, and can be addedin amounts ranging from about 0.2%-1% (w/v). Suitable preservatives foruse with the present disclosure include phenol, benzyl alcohol,meta-cresol, methyl paraben, propyl paraben, octadecyldimethylbenzylammonium chloride, benzalconium halides (e.g., chloride, bromide, andiodide), hexamethonium chloride, and alkyl parabens such as methyl orpropyl paraben, catechol, resorcinol, cyclohexanol, and 3-pentanol.Isotonicifiers sometimes known as “stabilizers” can be added to ensureisotonicity of liquid compositions of the present disclosure and includepolyhydric sugar alcohols, for example trihydric or higher sugaralcohols, such as glycerin, erythritol, arabitol, xylitol, sorbitol andmannitol. Stabilizers refer to a broad category of excipients which canrange in function from a bulking agent to an additive which solubilizesthe therapeutic agent or helps to prevent denaturation or adherence tothe container wall. Typical stabilizers can be polyhydric sugar alcohols(enumerated above); amino acids such as arginine, lysine, glycine,glutamine, asparagine, histidine, alanine, ornithine, L-leucine,2-phenylalanine, glutamic acid, threonine, etc., organic sugars or sugaralcohols, such as lactose, trehalose, stachyose, mannitol, sorbitol,xylitol, ribitol, myoinositol, galactitol, glycerol and the like,including cyclitols such as inositol; polyethylene glycol; amino acidpolymers; sulfur containing reducing agents, such as urea, glutathione,thioctic acid, sodium thioglycolate, thioglycerol, α-monothioglyceroland sodium thiosulfate; low molecular weight polypeptides (e.g.,peptides of 10 residues or fewer); proteins such as human serum albumin,bovine serum albumin, gelatin or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers,such as polyvinylpyrrolidone monosaccharides, such as xylose, mannose,fructose, glucose; disaccharides such as lactose, maltose, sucrose andtrehalose; and trisaccacharides such as raffinose; and polysaccharidessuch as dextran. Stabilizers may be present in amounts ranging from 0.5to 10 weight% per weight of ADC.

Non-ionic surfactants or detergents (also known as “wetting agents”) maybe added to reduce adsorption to surfaces and to help solubilize theglycoprotein as well as to protect the glycoprotein againstagitation-induced aggregation, which also permits the formulation to beexposed to shear surface stress without causing denaturation of theprotein. Suitable non-ionic surfactants include polysorbates (20, 80,etc.), poloxamers (184, 188 etc.), and pluronic polyols. Non-ionicsurfactants may be present in a range of about 0.05 mg/mL to about 1.0mg/mL, for example about 0.07 mg/mL to about 0.2 mg/mL.

Additional miscellaneous excipients include bulking agents (e.g.,starch), chelating agents (e.g., EDTA), antioxidants (e.g., ascorbicacid, methionine, vitamin E), and cosolvents.

A specific exemplary embodiment of an aqueous composition suitable foradministration via intravenous infusion comprises 20 mg/mL anti-cMetADC, 10 mM histidine buffer, pH 6.0, 7% (w/v) sucrose, 0.03% (w/v)polysorbate 80. The composition may be in the form of a lyophilizedpowder that, upon reconstitution with 5.2 mL sterile water or othersolution suitable for injection or infusion (for example, 0.9% saline,Ringer’s solution, lactated Ringer’s solution, etc.) provides the aboveaqueous composition. It, or other embodiments of compositions, may alsobe in the form of a syringe or other device suitable for injectionand/or infusion pre-filled with a quantity of composition suitable for asingle administration of anti-cMet ADC.

In one embodiment, the composition comprises ABBV-399 in a 1:1 ratio ofpurified E1 and E4 fractions. Such fractions can be obtained by anymethod known in the art for purifying ADCs, including the method ofExamples 2 and 3. In one embodiment, the composition comprises ABBV-399with a DAR in the range of 0-10. In another embodiment, the compositioncomprises ABBV-399 with a DAR in the range of 1-4. In anotherembodiment, the composition comprises ABBV-399 with a DAR in the rangeof 2-4. In another embodiment, the composition comprises ABBV-399 with aDAR of about 3.1. In another embodiment, the composition comprisesABBV-399 with a DAR of about 3.0.

5.9. Methods of Use

As discussed previously, for a variety of solid tumors, cMet isexpressed/overexpressed. Data provided herein demonstrate that anti-cMetADCs exert potent anti-tumor activity against thesecMet-expressing/overexpressing tumors in vivo. Accordingly, the ADCsand/or pharmaceutical compositions comprising the ADCs may be usedtherapeutically to treat cMet-expressing (i.e., cMet+ tumors) andcMet-overexpressing tumors (i.e., cMet+/overexpressing tumors).

Generally, the methods involve administering to a human patient having acMet-expressing or cMet-overexpressing tumor an amount of an anti-cMetADC effective to provide therapeutic benefit. Any method known to one ofordinary skill in the art for assessing the presence and/or expressionlevel of the cMet receptor protein in a cell can be used. In oneembodiment, the cMet levels are membranous. In another embodiment, thecMet levels are cytoplasmic. In another embodiment, the overall cMetexpression level is measured. A preferred method for determining cMetexpression levels is described in detail in Example 17 and is referredto herein as the “cMet ABBV-ADC staining protocol.” The H-scores (0-300)and the IHC score (0, 1+, 2+, and 3+) are assessed based on methodsknown to a pathologist of ordinary skill in the art. In one embodiment,patients with H-scores < 150 and/or IHC scores 0 and 1+ are selected fortreatment. In one embodiment, patients with H-scores ≥ 150 and/or IHCscores 2+ and 3+ are selected for treatment.

Patients selected for the ADC treatments of this disclosure includethose with cMet-expressing and those with cMet-overexpressing tumors,which include, but are not limited to, any solid tumor (including alsothose that overexpress HGF and/or have abnormal activation of HGF/cMetsignaling or expression). More specific examples include: lung cancers;breast cancers (e.g., invasive ductal carcinoma); head and neck cancers;pancreatic cancers; gastric carcinomas; colorectal cancers (includingcolorectal cancer lung metastases); ovarian cancers (e.g., serousadenocarcinoma); stomach cancers; kidney cancers (e.g., renal cellcancer such as papillary renal cell carcinoma, clear cell cancers,hereditary papillary renal cell carcinomas); adrenal cancers;gastro/oesophageal cancers; medulloblastomas; gliomas; liver cancers(e.g., hepatocellular carcinomas (including advanced, unresectableHCC)); prostate cancer (metastatic or nonmetastatic); melanomas;salivary gland tumors; sarcomas; cervical cancers; myxoid liposarcomas;adenocarcinomas of the paratyroid gland; endometrial cancers;epithelioid mesotheliomas; appendix carcinomas; goblet cell carcinomas;metastatic diffuse type gastric adenocarcinoma with signet ringfeatures; anaplastic large cell lymphoma (ALCL); any advanced malignancyincluding, but not limited to, advanced, relapsed, refractory subtypesof the cancers listed herein.

Lung cancer can be classified using different systems. In one system,lung cancer includes adenocarcinoma (mixed, acinar, papillary, solid,micropapillary, lepidic nonmucinous and lepidic mucinous), squamous cellcarcinoma, large cell carcinoma (e.g, non-small cell lung cancers orNSCLC (e.g., advanced or non-advanced, LCNEC, LCNEM, NSCLC-not otherwisespecified (NOS)/adenosquamous carcinoma, sarcomatoid carcinoma,adenosquamous carcinoma, and large-cell neuroendocrine carcinoma); andsmall cell lung cancer/carcinoma or SCLC)).

Alternatively, in a different system, lung cancer can be classified intopreinvasive lesions, minimally invasive adenocarcinoma, and invasiveadenocarcinoma (invasive mucinous adenocarcinoma, mucinous BAC, colloid,fetal (low and high grade), and enteric).

More frequently, lung cancer may be categorized as either small celllung cancer (“SCLC”) or non-small cell lung cancer (“NSCLC”). NSCLCs maybe further categorized as squamous or non-squamous. An example of anon-squamous NSCLC is adenocarcinoma.

The cancer may be newly diagnosed and naive to treatment, or may berelapsed, refractory, or relapsed and refractory, or a metastasis ormetastatic form of a cMet-expressing or of a cMet-overexpressing tumors.As demonstrated in Example 14 of this disclosure, cMet-overexpressingtumors that exhibit resistance to other targeted or non-targetedchemotherapies, retain sensitivity to ABBV-399.

Moreover, as shown in FIG. 12C, a cMet-overexpressing tumor thateventually regrew following treatment with the anti-cMet antibodyABT-700 remained sensitive to retreatment with the anti-cMet ADC,ABBV-399. Accordingly, the anti-cMet ADCs described herein providesignificant benefits over current targeted and non-targeted approachestoward the treatment of cMet-overexpressing tumors.

Anti-cMet ADCs may be administered alone (monotherapy) or adjunctive to,or with, other anti-cancer therapies and/or targeted or non-targetedanti-cancer agents. When administered as anti-cMet ADC monotherapy, oneor more anti-cMet ADCs may be used. In certain embodiments, an anti-cMetADC is administered in conjunction with an anti-cMet antibody thatrecognizes a different epitope on cMet than that recognized by the ADC.This could be done, for example, to stimulate internalization of thecMet receptor. Alternatively, ABT-700 can be given prior to ABBV-399 (oranother anti-cMet ADC) in order to “block” endogenous cMet on normaltissues in an effort to reduce possible toxicity associated with theactivity of ABBV-399 on normal tissues.

In another embodiment, the anti-cMet ADC recognizes two differentnon-overlaping epitopes within cMet. Such ADCs, also known as ADCscarrying a bivalent biparatopic antibody, can have several advantagesover monovalent antibodies. For example, they can induce cMet receptorclustering, which in turn could promote robust internalization,lysosomal trafficking, and degradation, thereby improving the release ofthe drug portion of the ADC into the cytoplasm as well as itsavailability for bystander effect.

Whether administered as monotherapy or adjunctive to, or with, othertherapies or agents, an amount of anti-cMet ADC is administered suchthat the overall treatment regimen provides therapeutic benefit. Bytherapeutic benefit is meant that the use of anti-cMet ADCs to treatcancer in a patient results in any demonstrated clinical benefitcompared with no therapy (when appropriate) or to a known standard ofcare. Clinical benefit can be assessed by any method known to one ofordinary skill in the art. In one embodiment, clinical benefit isassessed based on objective response rate (ORR) (determined using RECISTversion 1.1), duration of response (DOR), progression-free survival(PFS), and/or overall survival (OS). In some embodiments, a completeresponse indicates therapeutic benefit. In some embodiments, a partialresponse indicates therapeutic benefit. In some embodiments, stabledisease indicates therapeutic benefit. In some embodiments, an increasein overall survival indicates therapeutic benefit. In some embodiments,therapeutic benefit may constitute an improvement in time to diseaseprogression and/or an improvement in symptoms or quality of life. Inother embodiments, therapeutic benefit may not translate to an increasedperiod of disease control, but rather a markedly reduced symptom burdenresulting in improved quality of life. As will be apparent to those ofskill in the art, a therapeutic benefit may be observed using theanti-cMet ADCs alone (monotherapy) or adjunctive to, or with, otheranti-cancer therapies and/or targeted or non-targeted anti-canceragents. Preferential methods for assessing therapeutic benefit aredescribed in detail in the Examples, as used in a Phase 1 clinical trialwith ABBV-399.

Typically, therapeutic benefit is assessed using standard clinical testsdesigned to measure the response to a new treatment for cancer. Toassess the therapeutic benefits of the anti-cMet ADCs described hereinone or a combination of the following tests can be used: (1) theResponse Evaluation Criteria In Solid Tumors (RECIST) version 1.1 (fordetails, see Example 16), (2) the Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group(ECOG) Performance Status, (3) immune-related response criteria (irRC),(4) disease evaluable by assessment of tumor antigens, (5) validatedpatient reported outcome scales, and/or (6) Kaplan-Meier estimates foroverall survival and progression free survival.

The ECOG Scale of Performance Status shown in TABLE 3 is used todescribe a patient’s level of functioning in terms of their ability tocare for themselves, daily activity, and physical ability. The scale wasdeveloped by the Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG), now part ofthe ECOG-ACRIN Cancer Research Group, and published in 1982.

TABLE 3 Grade ECOG Performance Status 0 Fully active, able to carry onall pre-disease performance without restriction 1 Restricted inphysically strenuous activity but ambulatory and able to carry out workof a light or sedentary nature, e.g., light house work, office workAmbulatory and capable of all selfcare but unable to carry out any workactivities; up and about more than 50% of waking hours 3 Capable of onlylimited selfcare; confined to bed or chair more than 50% of waking hours4 Completely disabled; cannot carry on any selfcare; totally confined tobed or chair 5 Dead

Assessment of the change in tumor burden is an important feature of theclinical evaluation of cancer therapeutics. Both tumor shrinkage(objective response) and time to the development of disease progressionare important endpoints in cancer clinical trials. Standardized responsecriteria, known as RECIST (Response Evaluation Criteria in SolidTumors), were published in 2000. An update (RECIST 1.1) was released in2009. RECIST criteria are typically used in clinical trials whereobjective response is the primary study endpoint, as well as in trialswhere assessment of stable disease, tumor progression or time toprogression analyses are undertaken because these outcome measures arebased on an assessment of anatomical tumor burden and its change overthe course of the trial. TABLE 4 provides the definitions of theresponse criteria used to determine objective tumor response to a studydrug, such as the anti-cMet ADCs described herein.

TABLE 4 Response Criteria Complete Response (CR) Disappearance of alltarget lesions. Any pathological lymph nodes (whether target ornon-target) must have reduction in short axis to <10 mm. PartialResponse (PR) At least a 30% decrease in the sum of diameters of targetlesions, taking as reference the baseline sum diameters. ProgressiveDisease (PD) At least a 20% increase in the sum of diameters of targetlesions, taking as reference the smallest sum on study (this includesthe baseline sum if that is the smallest on study). In addition to therelative increase of 20%, the sum must also demonstrate an absoluteincrease of at least 5 mm. (Note: the appearance of one or more newlesions is also considered progression). Stable Disease (SD) Neithersufficient shrinkage to qualify for PR nor sufficient increase toqualify for PD, taking as reference the smallest sum diameters while onstudy.

Secondary outcome measures that can be used to determine the therapeuticbenefit of the anti-cMet ADCs described herein include, ObjectiveResponse Rate (ORR), Progression Free Survival (PFS), Duration ofOverall Response (DOR), and Depth of Response (DpR). ORR is defined asthe proportion of the participants who achieve a complete response (CR)or partial response (PR). PFS is defined as the time from the first dosedate of an anti-cMet ADCs to either disease progression or death,whichever occurs first. DOR is defined as the time from theparticipant’s initial CR or PR to the time of disease progression. DpRis defined as the percentage of tumor shrinkage observed at the maximalresponse point compared to baseline tumor load. Clinical endpoints forboth ORR and PFS can be determined based on RECIST 1.1 criteriadescribed above.

Another set of criteria that can be used to characterize fully and todetermine response to immunotherapeutic agents, such as antibody-basedcancer therapies, is the immune-related response criteria (irRC), whichwas developed for measurement of solid tumors in 2009, and updated in2013 (Wolchok, et al. Clin. Cancer Res. 2009; 15(23): 7412-7420 andNishino, et al. Clin. Cancer Res. 2013; 19(14): 3936-3943, each of whichis incorporated by reference in its entirety). The updated irRC criteriaare typically used to assess the effect of an immunotherapeutic agent(e.g., an anti-PD1 antibody), and defines response according to TABLE 5.

TABLE 5 Response Criteria Complete Response (CR) Disappearance of alltarget lesions in two consecutive observations not less than 4 weeksapart Partial Response (PR) At least a 30% decrease in the sum of thelongest diameters of target lesions, taking as reference the baselinesum diameters. Progressive Disease (PD) At least a 20% increase in thesum of diameters of target lesions, taking as reference the smallest sumon study (this includes the baseline sum if that is the smallest onstudy). (Note: the appearance of one or more new lesions is notconsidered progression. The measurement of new lesions is included inthe sum of the measurements). Stable Disease (SD) Neither sufficientshrinkage to qualify for PR nor sufficient increase to qualify for PD,taking as reference the smallest sum diameters while on study.

Tumor antigens that can be used to evaluate the therapeutic benefit ofthe anti-cMet ADCs described herein include ApoE, CD11c, CD40, CD45(PTPRC), CD49D (ITGA4), CD80, CSF1R, CTSD, GZMB, Ly86, MS4A7, PIK3AP1,PIK3CD, CD74, CCL5, CCR5, CXCL10, IFNG, IL10RA1, IL-6, ACTA2, COL7A1,LOX, LRRC15, MCPT8, MMP10, NOG, SERPINE1, STAT1, TGFBR1, CTSS, PGF,VEGFA, C1QA, C1QB, ANGPTL4, EGLN, ANGPTL4, EGLN3, BNIP3, AIF1, CCL5,CXCL10, CXCL11, IFI6, PLOD2, KISS1R, STC2, DDIT4, PFKFB3, PGK1, PDK1,AKR1C1, AKR1C2, CADM1, CDH11, COL6A3, CTGF, HMOX1, KRT33A, LUM, WNT5A,IGFBP3, MMP14, CDCP1, PDGFRA, TCF4, TGF, TGFB1, TGFB2, CD11b, ADGRE1(EMR1, F4/80), CD86, CD68, MHC-Class II, CD3, HLA-DR, CD4, CD3, CD5,CD19, CD7, CD8, CD16, TCRαβ, TCRγδ, PD-1, PDL-1, CTLA-4, acidphosphatase, ACTH, alkaline phosphatase, alpha-fetoprotein CA-125,CA15-3, CA19-9, CA-195, C-212, CA-549, calcitonin, catecholamines,cathepsin-D, CEA, ERBB2 (HER2/neu), chromagranin-A, c-Myc, EGFR, ERA(estrogen receptor assay), ferritin, gastrin, 5-HIAA, hCG, alpha-HCG,beta-HCG, HVA, LDH1-5, NSE (neuron specific enolase), pancreaticpolypeptide, PLAP, PLP, PRA (progesterone receptor A), proinsulinC-peptide, PSA, SMA, SCC, thyroglobulin, TDT, TPA, and alpha-TSH. Theseantigens can be assessed at the DNA, RNA or protein level using DNAsequencing techniques, RNA sequencing techniques, gene chip microarray,PCR based methods, flow cytometry or immunohistochemistry methods asknown to experts in the art.

One exemplary therapeutic benefit resulting from the use of anti-cMetADCs described herein to treat cMet-expressing and cMet-overexpressingtumors, whether administered as monotherapy or adjunctive to, or with,other therapies or agents, is a complete response. Another exemplarytherapeutic benefit resulting from the use of anti-cMet ADCs describedherein to cMet-overexpressing tumors, whether administered asmonotherapy or adjunctive to, or with, other therapies or agents, is apartial response.

Validated patient reported outcome scales can also be used to denoteresponse provided by each patient through a specific reporting system.Rather than being disease focused, such outcome scales are concernedwith retained function while managing a chronic condition. Onenon-limiting example of a validated patient reported outcome scale isPROMIS® (Patient Reported Outcomes Measurement Information System) fromthe United States National Institutes of Health. For example, PROMIS®Physical Function Instrument for adult cancer patients can evaluateself-reported capabilities for the functioning of upper extremities(e.g., dexterity), lower extremities (e.g., walking or mobility), andcentral regions (e.g., neck, back mobility), and also includes routinedaily activities, such as running errands.

Kaplan-Meier curves (Kaplan and Meier, J. Am. Stat. Assoc. 1958;53(282): 457-481) can also be used to estimate overall survival andprogression free survival for cancer patients undergoing anti-cMetantibody or ADC therapy in comparison to standard of care.

5.9.1. Adjunctive Therapies

Anti-cMet ADCs may be used adjunctive to, or with, other agents ortreatments having anti-cancer properties. When used adjunctively, theanti-cMet and other agent(s) may be formulated together in a singlepharmaceutical formulation, or may be formulated and administeredseparately, either on a single coordinated dosing regimen or ondifferent dosing regimens. Agents administered adjunctively withanti-cMet ADCs will typically have complementary activities to theanti-cMet ADCs such that the ADCs and other agents do not adverselyaffect each other.

Agents that may be used adjunctively with anti-cMet ADCs include, butare not limited to, alkylating agents, angiogenesis inhibitors,antibodies, antimetabolites, antimitotics, antiproliferatives,antivirals, aurora kinase inhibitors, ALK kinase inhibitors (forexample, crizotinib (XALKORI®), ceritinib (ZYKADIA®), and alectinib(ALECENSA®), apoptosis promoters (for example, Bcl-2 family inhibitors),activators of death receptor pathway, Bcr-Abl kinase inhibitors, BiTE(Bi-Specific T cell Engager) antibodies, antibody drug conjugates,biologic response modifiers, cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitors, cellcycle inhibitors, cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitors, DVDs, leukemia viraloncogene homolog (ErbB2) receptor inhibitors, growth factor inhibitors,heat shock protein (HSP)-90 inhibitors, histone deacetylase (HDAC)inhibitors, hormonal therapies, immunologicals, inhibitors of inhibitorsof apoptosis proteins (IAPs), intercalating antibiotics, kinaseinhibitors, kinesin inhibitors, Jak2 inhibitors, mammalian target ofrapamycin inhibitors, microRNAs, mitogen-activated extracellularsignal-regulated kinase inhibitors, multivalent binding proteins,non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), poly ADP (adenosinediphosphate)-ribose polymerase (PARP) inhibitors, platinumchemotherapeutics, polo-like kinase (Plk) inhibitors, phosphoinositide-3kinase (PI3K) inhibitors, proteasome inhibitors, purine analogs,pyrimidine analogs, receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors,retinoids/deltoids plant alkaloids, small inhibitory ribonucleic acids(siRNAs), topoisomerase inhibitors, ubiquitin ligase inhibitors, and thelike, as well as combinations of one or more of these agents.

BiTE antibodies are bispecific antibodies that direct T-cells to attackcancer cells by simultaneously binding the two cells. The T-cell thenattacks the target cancer cell. Examples of BiTE antibodies includeadecatumumab (Micromet MT201), blinatumomab (BLINCYTO®, Amgen and OnyxPharmaceuticals) and the like. Without being limited by theory, one ofthe mechanisms by which T-cells elicit apoptosis of the target cancercell is by exocytosis of cytolytic granule components, which includeperforin and granzyme B.

SiRNAs are molecules having endogenous RNA bases or chemically modifiednucleotides. The modifications do not abolish cellular activity, butrather impart increased stability and/or increased cellular potency.Examples of chemical modifications include phosphorothioate groups,2′-deoxynucleotide, 2′-OCH₃-containing ribonucleotides,2′-F-ribonucleotides, 2′-methoxyethyl ribonucleotides, combinationsthereof and the like. The siRNA can have varying lengths (e.g., 10-200bps) and structures (e.g., hairpins, single/double strands, bulges,nicks/gaps, mismatches) and are processed in cells to provide activegene silencing. A double-stranded siRNA (dsRNA) can have the same numberof nucleotides on each strand (blunt ends) or asymmetric ends(overhangs). The overhang of 1-2 nucleotides can be present on the senseand/or the antisense strand, as well as present on the 5′-and/ or the3′-ends of a given strand.

Multivalent binding proteins are binding proteins comprising two or moreantigen binding sites. Multivalent binding proteins are engineered tohave the three or more antigen binding sites and are generally notnaturally occurring antibodies. The term “multispecific binding protein”means a binding protein capable of binding two or more related orunrelated targets. Dual variable domain (DVD) binding proteins aretetravalent or multivalent binding proteins binding proteins comprisingtwo or more antigen binding sites. Such DVDs may be monospecific (i.e.,capable of binding one antigen) or multispecific (i.e., capable ofbinding two or more antigens). DVD binding proteins comprising two heavychain DVD polypeptides and two light chain DVD polypeptides are referredto as DVD Ig’s. Each half of a DVD Ig comprises a heavy chain DVDpolypeptide, a light chain DVD polypeptide, and two antigen bindingsites. Each binding site comprises a heavy chain variable domain and alight chain variable domain with a total of 6 CDRs involved in antigenbinding per antigen binding site.

Alkylating agents include, but are not limited to, altretamine, AMD-473,AP-5280, apaziquone, bendamustine, brostallicin, busulfan, carboquone,carmustine (BCNU), chlorambucil, CLORETAZINE® (laromustine, VNP 40101M),cyclophosphamide, dacarbazine, estramustine, fotemustine, glufosfamide,ifosfamide, KW-2170, lomustine (CCNU), mafosfamide, melphalan,mitobronitol, mitolactol, nimustine, nitrogen mustard N-oxide,ranimustine, temozolomide, thiotepa, TREANDA® (bendamustine),treosulfan, and trofosfamide.

Angiogenesis inhibitors include, but are not limited to,endothelial-specific receptor tyrosine kinase (Tie-2) inhibitors,epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) inhibitors, insulin growthfactor-2 receptor (IGFR-2) inhibitors, matrix metalloproteinase-2(MMP-2) inhibitors, matrix metalloproteinase-9 (MMP-9) inhibitors,platelet-derived growth factor receptor (PDGFR) inhibitors,thrombospondin analogs, and vascular endothelial growth factor receptortyrosine kinase (VEGFR) inhibitors.

Antimetabolites include, but are not limited to, ALIMTA® (pemetrexeddisodium, LY231514, MTA), 5-azacitidine, XELODA® (capecitabine),carmofur, LEUSTAT® (cladribine), clofarabine, cytarabine, cytarabineocfosfate, cytosine arabinoside, decitabine, deferoxamine,doxifluridine, eflomithine, EICAR (5-ethynyl-1-β-D-ribofuranosylimidazole-4-carboxamide), enocitabine, ethnylcytidine,fludarabine, 5-fluorouracil alone or in combination with leucovorin,GEMZAR® (gemcitabine), hydroxyurea, ALKERAN® (melphalan),mercaptopurine, 6-mercaptopurine riboside, methotrexate, mycophenolicacid, nelarabine, nolatrexed, ocfosfate, pelitrexol, pentostatin,raltitrexed, Ribavirin, triapine, trimetrexate, S-1, tiazofurin,tegafur, TS-1, vidarabine, and UFT.

Antivirals include, but are not limited to, ritonavir, acyclovir,cidofovir, ganciclovir, foscarnet, zidovudine, ribavirin, andhydroxychloroquine.

Aurora kinase inhibitors include, but are not limited to, ABT-348,AZD-1152, MLN-8054, VX-680, Aurora A-specific kinase inhibitors, AuroraB-specific kinase inhibitors and pan-Aurora kinase inhibitors.

Bcl-2 protein inhibitors include, but are not limited to, AT-101((-)gossypol), GENASENSE® (G3139 or oblimersen (Bcl-2-targetingantisense oligonucleotide)), IPI-194, IPI-565,N-(4-(4-((4′-chloro(1,1′-biphenyl)-2-yl)methyl)piperazin-1-yl)benzoyl)-4-(((1R)-3-(dimethylamino)-1-((phenylsulfanyl)methyl)propyl)amino)-3-nitrobenzenesulfonamide),N-(4-(4-((2-(4-chlorophenyl)-5,5-dimethyl-1-cyclohex-1-en-1-yl)methyl)piperazin-1-yl)benzoyl)-4-(((1R)-3-(morpholin-4-yl)-1-((phenylsulfanyl)methyl)propyl)amino)-3-((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)benzenesulfonamide,venetoclax and GX-070 (obatoclax).

Bcr-Abl kinase inhibitors include, but are not limited to, DASATINIB®(BMS-354825) and GLEEVEC® (imatinib).

CDK inhibitors include, but are not limited to, AZD-5438, BMI-1040,BMS-032, BMS-387, CVT-2584, flavopyridol, GPC-286199, MCS-5A, PD0332991,PHA-690509, seliciclib (CYC-202, R-roscovitine), and ZK-304709.

COX-2 inhibitors include, but are not limited to, ABT-963, ARCOXIA®(etoricoxib), BEXTRA® (valdecoxib), BMS347070, CELEBREX® (celecoxib),COX-189 (lumiracoxib), CT-3, DERAMAXX® (deracoxib), JTE-522,4-methyl-2-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)-1-(4-sulfamoylphenyl-1H-pyrrole), MK-663(etoricoxib), NS-398, parecoxib, RS-57067, SC-58125, SD-8381, SVT-2016,S-2474, T-614, and VIOXX® (rofecoxib).

EGFR inhibitors include, but are not limited to, afatinib (GILOTRIF®),ABX-EGF, anti-EGFR immunoliposomes, EGF-vaccine, EMD-7200, ERBITUX®(cetuximab), HR3, IgA antibodies, IRESSA® (gefitinib), TARCEVA®(erlotinib or OSI-774), TP-38, EGFR fusion protein, PORTRAZZA®(necitumumab), TAGRISSO® (osimertinib), TYKERB® (lapatinib), TARCEVA®(erlotinib), and TAGRISSO® (osimertinib).

ErbB2 receptor inhibitors include, but are not limited to, CP-724-714,CI-1033 (canertinib), HERCEPTIN® (trastuzumab), TYKERB® (lapatinib),OMNITARG® (2C4, pertuzumab), TAK-165, GW-572016 (ionafarnib), GW-282974,EKB-569, PI-166, dHER2 (HER2 vaccine), APC-8024 (HER-2 vaccine),anti-HER/2neu bispecific antibody, B7.her2IgG3, AS HER2 trifunctionalbispecific antibodies, mAB AR-209, and mAB 2B-1.

Histone deacetylase inhibitors include, but are not limited to,depsipeptide, LAQ-824, MS-275, trapoxin, suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid(SAHA), TSA, and valproic acid.

HSP-90 inhibitors include, but are not limited to, 17-AAG-nab, 17-AAG,CNF-101, CNF-1010, CNF-2024, 17-DMAG, geldanamycin, IPI-504, KOS-953,MYCOGRAB® (human recombinant antibody to HSP-90), NCS-683664, PU24FCl,PU-3, radicicol, SNX-2112, STA-9090, and VER49009.

Inhibitors of apoptosis proteins include, but are not limited to,HGS1029, GDC-0145, GDC-0152, LCL-161, and LBW-242.

Activators of death receptor pathway include, but are not limited to,TRAIL, antibodies or other agents that target TRAIL or death receptors(e.g., DR4 and DR5) such as Apomab, conatumumab, ETR2-ST01, GDC0145(lexatumumab), HGS-1029, LBY-135, PRO-1762 and trastuzumab.

Kinesin inhibitors include, but are not limited to, Eg5 inhibitors suchas AZD4877, ARRY-520; and CENPE inhibitors such as GSK923295A.

JAK-2 inhibitors include, but are not limited to, CEP-701 (lesaurtinib),XL019 and INCB018424.

MEK inhibitors include, but are not limited to, ARRY-142886,ARRY-438162, PD-325901, PD-98059, and trametinib.

mTOR inhibitors include, but are not limited to, AP-23573, CCI-779,everolimus, RAD-001, rapamycin, temsirolimus, ATP-competitiveTORC1/TORC2 inhibitors, including PI-103, PP242, PP30, and Torin 1.

Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs include, but are not limited to,AMIGESIC® (salsalate), DOLOBID® (diflunisal), MOTRIN® (ibuprofen),ORUDIS® (ketoprofen), RELAFEN® (nabumetone), FELDENE® (piroxicam),ibuprofen cream, ALEVE® (naproxen) and NAPROSYN® (naproxen), VOLTAREN®(diclofenac), INDOCIN® (indomethacin), CLINORIL® (sulindac), TOLECTIN®(tolmetin), LODINE® (etodolac), TORADOL® (ketorolac), and DAYPRO®(oxaprozin).

PDGFR inhibitors include, but are not limited to, C-451, CP-673 andCP-868596.

Platinum chemotherapeutics include, but are not limited to, cisplatin,ELOXATIN® (oxaliplatin) eptaplatin, lobaplatin, nedaplatin, PARAPLATIN®(carboplatin), satraplatin, and picoplatin.

Polo-like kinase inhibitors include, but are not limited to, BI-2536.

BRAF inhibitors vemurafenib, dabrafenib, cobimetinib.

Phosphoinositide-3 kinase (PI3K) inhibitors include, but are not limitedto, wortmannin, LY294002, XL-147, CAL-120, ONC-21, AEZS-127, ETP-45658,PX-866, GDC-0941, BGT226, BEZ235, and XL765.

Thrombospondin analogs include, but are not limited to, ABT-510,ABT-567, ABT-898, and TSP-1.

VEGFR inhibitors include, but are not limited to, AVASTIN®(bevacizumab), ABT-869, AEE-788, ANGIOZYME™ (a ribozyme that inhibitsangiogenesis (Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals (Boulder, CO) and Chiron(Emeryville, CA)), axitinib (AG-13736), AZD-2171, CP-547,632, IM-862,MACUGEN® (pegaptamib), NEXAVAR® (sorafenib, BAY43-9006), pazopanib(GW-786034), vatalanib (PTK-787, ZK-222584), SUTENT® (sunitinib,SU-11248), VEGF trap, and ZACTIMA™ (vandetanib, ZD-6474), cabozantanib(VEGFR2 and cMet inhibitor), ramucirumab (anti-VEGFR2 inhibitory mAb).

Antibiotics include, but are not limited to, intercalating antibioticsaclarubicin, actinomycin D, amrubicin, annamycin, adriamycin, BLENOXANE®(bleomycin), daunorubicin, CAELYX® or MYOCET® (liposomal doxorubicin),elsamitrucin, epirbucin, glarbuicin, ZAVEDOS® (idarubicin), mitomycin C,nemorubicin, neocarzinostatin, peplomycin, pirarubicin, rebeccamycin,stimalamer, streptozocin, VALSTAR® (valrubicin), and zinostatin.

Topoisomerase inhibitors include, but are not limited to, aclarubicin,9-aminocamptothecin, amonafide, amsacrine, becatecarin, belotecan,BN-80915, CAMPTOSAR® (irinotecan hydrochloride), camptothecin,CARDIOXANE® (dexrazoxine), diflomotecan, edotecarin, ELLENCE® orPHARMORUBICIN® (epirubicin), etoposide, exatecan,10-hydroxycamptothecin, gimatecan, lurtotecan, mitoxantrone, Onivyde™(liposomal irinotecan), orathecin, pirarbucin, pixantrone, rubitecan,sobuzoxane, SN-38, tafluposide, and topotecan.

Antibodies include, but are not limited to, AVASTIN® (bevacizumab),CD40-specific antibodies, chTNT-1B, denosumab, ERBITUX® (cetuximab),HUMAX-CD4® (zanolimumab), IGF1R-specific antibodies, lintuzumab,PANOREX® (edrecolomab), RENCAREX® (WX G250), RITUXAN® (rituximab),ticilimumab, trastuzumab, pertuzumab, VECTIBIX® (panitumumab) and CD20antibodies types I and II.

Hormonal therapies include, but are not limited to, ARIMIDEX®(anastrozole), AROMASIN® (exemestane), arzoxifene, CASODEX®(bicalutamide), CETROTIDE® (cetrorelix), degarelix, deslorelin, DESOPAN®(trilostane), dexamethasone, DROGENIL® (flutamide), EVISTA®(raloxifene), AFEMA™ (fadrozole), FARESTON® (toremifene), FASLODEX®(fulvestrant), FEMARA® (letrozole), formestane, glucocorticoids,HECTOROL® (doxercalciferol), RENAGEL® (sevelamer carbonate),lasofoxifene, leuprolide acetate, MEGACE® (megesterol), MIFEPREX®(mifepristone), NILANDRON™ (nilutamide), NOLVADEX® (tamoxifen citrate),PLENAXIS™ (abarelix), prednisone, PROPECIA® (finasteride), rilostane,SUPREFACT® (buserelin), TRELSTAR® (luteinizing hormone releasing hormone(LHRH)), VANTAS® (Histrelin implant), VETORYL® (trilostane ormodrastane), XTANDI® (enzalutamide), ZOLADEX® (fosrelin, goserelin), andZYTIGA® (abiratenone).

Deltoids and retinoids include, but are not limited to, seocalcitol(EB1089, CB1093), lexacalcitrol (KH1060), fenretinide, PANRETIN®(aliretinoin), ATRAGEN® (liposomal tretinoin), TARGRETIN® (bexarotene),and LGD-1550.

PARP inhibitors include, but are not limited to, ABT-888 (veliparib),olaparib, KU-59436, AZD-2281, AG-014699, BSI-201, BGP-15, INO-1001, andONO-2231.

Plant alkaloids include, but are not limited to, vincristine,vinblastine, vindesine, and vinorelbine.

Proteasome inhibitors include, but are not limited to, VELCADE®(bortezomib), KYPROLIS® (carfilzomib), MG132, NPI-0052, and PR-171.

Examples of immunologicals include, but are not limited to, interferons,immune checkpoint inhibitors, co-stimulatory agents, and otherimmune-enhancing agents. Interferons include interferon alpha,interferon alpha-2a, interferon alpha-2b, interferon beta, interferongamma-1a, ACTIMMUNE® (interferon gamma-1b) or interferon gamma-n1,combinations thereof and the like. Immune check point inhibitors includeantibodies that target PD-1 (e.g., pembrolizumab, nivolumab andpidilizumab), PD-L1 (e.g., durvalumab, atezolizumab, avelumab, MEDI4736,MSB0010718C and MPDL3280A), and CTLA4 (cytotoxic lymphocyte antigen 4;e.g., ipilimumab, tremelimumab). Co-stimulatory agents include, but arenot limited to, antibodies against CD3, CD40, CD40L, CD27, CD28, CSF1R,CD137 (e.g., urelumab), B7H1, GITR, ICOS, CD80, CD86, OX40, OX40L, CD70,HLA-DR, LIGHT, LIGHT-R, TIM3, A2AR, NKG2A, TIGIT (T cell immunoreceptorwith Ig and ITIM domains), VISTA (V-domain Ig suppressor of T cellactivation), B7-H3, B7-H4, CD47, CD73, CD39, KIR (e.g., lirilumab),TGF-β (e.g., fresolimumab) and combinations thereof.

Other agents include, but are not limited to, ALFAFERONE® (IFN-α),BAM-002 (oxidized glutathione), BEROMUN® (tasonermin), BEXXAR®(tositumomab), CAMPATH® (alemtuzumab), dacarbazine, denileukin,epratuzumab, GRANOCYTE® (lenograstim), lentinan, leukocyte alphainterferon, imiquimod, melanoma vaccine, mitumomab, molgramostim,MYLOTARG™ (gemtuzumab ozogamicin), NEUPOGEN® (filgrastim), OncoVAC-CL,OVAREX® (oregovomab), pemtumomab (Y-muHMFG1), PROVENGE® (sipuleucel-T),sargaramostim, sizofilan, teceleukin, THERACYS® (BacillusCalmette-Guerin), ubenimex, VIRULIZIN® (immunotherapeutic, LorusPharmaceuticals), Z-100 (Specific Substance of Maruyama (SSM)), WF-10(Tetrachlorodecaoxide (TCDO)), PROLEUKIN® (aldesleukin), ZADAXIN®(thymalfasin), ZINBRYTA® (daclizumab high-yield process), and ZEVALIN®(⁹⁰Y-Ibritumomab tiuxetan).

Biological response modifiers are agents that modify defense mechanismsof living organisms or biological responses, such as survival, growth ordifferentiation of tissue cells to direct them to have anti-tumoractivity and include, but are not limited to, krestin, lentinan,sizofiran, picibanil PF-3512676 (CpG-8954), and ubenimex.

Pyrimidine analogs include, but are not limited to, cytarabine (ara C orArabinoside C), cytosine arabinoside, doxifluridine, FLUDARA®(fludarabine), 5-FU (5-fluorouracil), floxuridine, GEMZAR®(gemcitabine), TOMUDEX® (ratitrexed), and TROXATYL™ (triacetyluridinetroxacitabine).

Purine analogs include, but are not limited to, LANVIS® (thioguanine)and PURI-NETHOL® (mercaptopurine).

Antimitotic agents include, but are not limited to, batabulin,epothilone D (KOS-862),N-(2-((4-hydroxyphenyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide,ixabepilone (BMS 247550), TAXOL® (paclitaxel), TAXOTERE® (docetaxel),PNU100940 (109881), patupilone, XRP-9881 (larotaxel), vinflunine, andZK-EPO (synthetic epothilone).

Ubiquitin ligase inhibitors include, but are not limited to, MDM2inhibitors, such as nutlins, and NEDD8 inhibitors such as MLN4924.

Tyrosine Kinase inhibitors include imatinib (GLEEVEC®), dasatinib(SPRYCE®), nilotinib (TASIGNA®), bosutinib (BOSULIF®), ponatinib(ICLUSIG®), Afatinib (GIOTRIF®), Axitinib (INLYTA®), Crizotinib(XALKORI®), Erlotinib (TARCEVA®), Gefitinib (IRESSA®), Lapatinib(TYVERB®), Nilotinib (TASIGNA®), Pazopanib (VOTRIENT®), Regorafenib(STIVARGA®), Sorafenib (NEXAVAR®), Sunitinib (SUTENT®), toceranib(PALLADIA®), vatalanib, and radotinib (SUPECT®).

Anti-cMet ADCs may also be used to enhance the efficacy of radiationtherapy. Examples of radiation therapy include external beam radiationtherapy, internal radiation therapy (i.e., brachytherapy) and systemicradiation therapy.

Anti-cMet ADCs may be administered adjunctive to or with otherchemotherapeutic agents such as ABRAXANE™ (ABI-007), ABT-100 (farnesyltransferase inhibitor), ADVEXIN® (Ad5CMV-p53 vaccine), ALTOCOR® orMEVACOR® (lovastatin), AMPLIGEN® (poly I:poly C12U, a synthetic RNA),APTOSYN® (exisulind), AREDIA® (pamidronic acid), arglabin,L-asparaginase, atamestane (1-methyl-3,17-dione-androsta-1,4-diene),AVAGE® (tazarotene), AVE-8062 (combreastatin derivative) BEC2(mitumomab), cachectin or cachexin (tumor necrosis factor), canvaxin(vaccine), CEAVAC® (cancer vaccine), CELEUK® (celmoleukin), CEPLENE®(histamine dihydrochloride), CERVARIX® (human papillomavirus vaccine),CHOP® (C: CYTOXAN® (cyclophosphamide); H: ADRIAMYCIN®(hydroxydoxorubicin); O: Vincristine (ONCOVIN®); P: prednisone), CYPAT™(cyproterone acetate), combrestatin A4P, DAB(389)EGF (catalytic andtranslocation domains of diphtheria toxin fused via a His-Ala linker tohuman epidermal growth factor) or TransMID-107R™ (diphtheria toxins),dacarbazine, dactinomycin, 5,6-dimethylxanthenone-4-acetic acid (DMXAA),eniluracil, EVIZON™ (squalamine lactate), DIMERICINE® (T4N5 liposomelotion), discodermolide, DX-8951f (exatecan mesylate), enzastaurin,EPO906 (epithilone B), GARDASIL® (quadrivalent human papillomavirus(Types 6, 11, 16, 18) recombinant vaccine), GASTRIMMUNE®, GENASENSE®,GMK (ganglioside conjugate vaccine), GVAX® (prostate cancer vaccine),halofuginone, histrelin, hydroxycarbamide, ibandronic acid, IGN-101,IL-13-PE38, IL-13-PE38QQR (cintredekin besudotox), IL-13-pseudomonasexotoxin, interferon-α, interferon-γ, JUNOVAN™ or MEPACT™ (mifamurtide),lonafamib, 5,10-methylenetetrahydrofolate, miltefosine(hexadecylphosphocholine), NEOVASTAT®(AE-941), NEUTREXIN® (trimetrexateglucuronate), NIPENT® (pentostatin), ONCONASE® (a ribonuclease enzyme),ONCOPHAGE® (melanoma vaccine treatment), ONCOVAX® (IL-2 Vaccine),ORATHECIN™ (rubitecan), OSIDEM® (antibody-based cell drug), OVAREX® MAb(murine monoclonal antibody), paclitaxel, PANDIMEX™ (aglycone saponinsfrom ginseng comprising 20(S)protopanaxadiol (aPPD) and20(S)protopanaxatriol (aPPT)), panitumumab, PANVAC®-VF (investigationalcancer vaccine), pegaspargase, PEG Interferon A, phenoxodiol,procarbazine, rebimastat, REMOVAB® (catumaxomab), REVLIMID®(lenalidomide), RSR13 (efaproxiral), SOMATULINE® LA (lanreotide),SORIATANE® (acitretin), staurosporine (Streptomyces staurospores),talabostat (PT100), TARGRETIN® (bexarotene), TAXOPREXIN®(DHA-paclitaxel), TELCYTA® (canfosfamide, TLK286), temilifene, TEMODAR®(temozolomide), tesmilifene, thalidomide, THERATOPE® (STn-KLH), thymitaq(2-amino-3,4-dihydro-6-methyl-4-oxo-5-(4-pyridylthio)quinazolinedihydrochloride), TNFERADE™ (adenovector: DNA carrier containing thegene for tumor necrosis factor-α), TRACLEER® or ZAVESCA® (bosentan),tretinoin (Retin-A), tetrandrine, TRISENOX® (arsenic trioxide),VIRULIZIN®, ukrain (derivative of alkaloids from the greater celandineplant), vitaxin (anti-alphavbeta3 antibody), XCYTRIN® (motexafingadolinium), XINLAY™ (atrasentan), XYOTAX™ (paclitaxel poliglumex),YONDELIS® (trabectedin), ZD-6126, ZINECARD® (dexrazoxane), ZOMETA®(zolendronic acid), and zorubicin, as well as combinations of any ofthese agents.

Adjunctive therapies and/or therapeutic agents typically will be used attheir approved dose, route of administration, and frequency ofadministration, but may be used at lower dosages and/or less frequently.When administered as monotherapy, the anti-cMet ADC will typically beadministered on a schedule that generates therapeutic benefit. It iscontemplated that anti-cMet ADCs administered once a week, once everytwo weeks, once every three weeks, once every four weeks, once everyfive weeks, once every six weeks, once every seven weeks or once everyeight weeks will provide therapeutic benefit, although more or lessfrequent administration may be beneficial. When administered adjunctiveto or with another therapy and/or agent, the anti-cMet ADC may beadministered before treatment, after treatment or concurrently with thetreatment with the other therapy or agent.

5.10. Dosages and Administration Regimens

The amount of anti-cMet ADC administered will depend upon a variety offactors, including but not limited to, the particular type ofcMet+/overexpressing tumors treated, the stage of thecMet+/overexpressing tumors being treated, the mode of administration,the frequency of administration, the desired therapeutic benefit, thedrug component of the ADC (e.g., MMAE versus PBD) and other parameterssuch as the age, weight and other characteristics of the patient, etc.Determination of dosages effective to provide therapeutic benefit forspecific modes and frequency of administration is within thecapabilities of those skilled in the art.

Dosages effective to provide therapeutic benefit may be estimatedinitially from in vivo animal models or clinical. Suitable animal modelsfor a wide variety of diseases are known in the art.

The anti-cMet ADCs may be administered by any route appropriate to thecondition to be treated. An anti-cMet ADC will typically be administeredparenterally, i.e., infusion, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous(IV), intradermal, intrathecal, bolus, intratumor injection or epidural((Shire et al., 2004, J. Pharm. Sciences 93(6): 1390-1402)). In oneembodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is provided as a lyophilized powder in avial. The vials may contain, for example, 0.5 mg, 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 50mg, 100 mg, or 200 mg of anti-cMet ADC. In one embodiment, prior toadministration, the lyophilized powder is reconstituted with sterilewater for injection (SWFI) or other suitable medium to provide asolution containing 20 mg/mL anti-cMet ADC. The resulting reconstitutedsolution is further diluted with saline or other suitable medium andadministered via an IV infusion once every 7 days, once every 14 days,once every 21 days, or once every 28 days. In some embodiments, for thefirst cycle, the infusion occurs over 180 minutes, subsequent infusionsare over 90 minutes. In other embodiments, the infusion occurs over 60minutes. In some embodiments, all infusions for every cycle occur over30 minutes.

In one exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is administered once every14 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5mg/kg, 1.6 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 1.9 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.2 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg,2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, or 6.0 mg/kg of the subject’sbody weight. In one embodiment, the anti-cMet ADC is administered onceevery 14 days at 1.6 mg/kg. In one embodiment, the anti-cMet ADC isadministered once every 14 days at 1.9 mg/kg. In one embodiment, theanti-cMet ADC is administered once every 14 days at 2.2 mg/Kg. In oneembodiment, the anti-cMet ADC is administered once every 14 days at 2.5mg/Kg. In one embodiment, administration proceeds until diseaseprogression or unacceptable toxicity.

In one embodiment, the cancer is a NSCLC adenocarcinoma, the anti-cMetADC is ABBV-399, administered at 1.6 or 1.9 mg/kg every 14 days, and thepatient has an H-score of 225 and above or an IHC score of 3+. Inanother embodiment, the cancer is a NSCLC squamous cell carcinoma, theanti-cMet ADC is ABBV-399, administered at 1.6 or 1.9 mg/kg every 14days, and the patient has an H-score between 150 to 224 or an IHCscoreof 2+.

In another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is administered onceevery 7 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.45 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg,1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, or 3.0mg/kg. In one embodiment, administration proceeds until diseaseprogression or unacceptable toxicity.

In another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is administered onceevery 28 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg,1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg,5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg. In one embodiment, administrationproceeds until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity.

In another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is administered onceevery 28 days at 2.7 mg/kg. In one embodiment, administration proceedsuntil disease progression or unacceptable toxicity.

In another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is administered onceevery 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg,1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg,5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg. In one embodiment, administrationproceeds until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity.

In another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) isadministered once every 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. In one embodiment,administration proceeds until disease progression or unacceptabletoxicity. In one embodiment, the cancer is a NSCLC adenocarcinoma, theanti-cMet ADC is ABBV-399, administered at 2.7 mg/kg every 21 days, andthe patient has an H-score of 225 and above or an IHC score of 3+. Inanother embodiment, the cancer is a NSCLC squamous cell carcinoma, theanti-cMet ADC is ABBV-399, administered at 2.7 mg/kg every 21 days, andthe patient has an H-score of at least 150 or greater and at least anIHCscore of 2+.

In another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet PBD ADC (e.g., ABT-700PBD) is administered once every 14 days, once every 21 days, or onceevery 28 days, at a dose between 1.0 µg/kg to 1.0 mg/kg, 1.0 µg/kg to500.0 µg/kg, or 5.0 µg/kg to 200.0 µg/kg of the subject’s body weight.As for any other ADC, the dosage depends, for example, on the frequencyof administration, condition of the patient and response to priortreatment, if any. The concentration of the ADC in a liquid formulationcan be e.g., 0.01- 10 mg/ml, such as 1.0 mg/ml.

In one embodiment, an anti-cMet PBD ADC (e.g., ABT-700 PBD) isadministered once every 14 days, once every 21 days, or once every 28days at 10 µg/kg, 50 µg/kg, 75 µg/kg, 100 µg/kg, 110 µg/kg, 120 µg/kg,130 µg/kg, 140 µg/kg, 150 µg/kg, 160 µg/kg, 170 µg/kg, 180 µg/kg, 190µg/kg, 200 µg/kg, 250 µg/kg, 300 µg/kg, 350 µg/kg, 400 µg/kg, 450 µg/kg,or 500 µg/kg. In one embodiment, the anti-cMet PBD ADC (e.g., ABT-700PBD) is administered at 100 µg/kg. In one embodiment, the anti-cMet PBDADC (e.g., ABT-700 PBD) is administered at 200 µg/kg. In one embodiment,the anti-cMet PBD ADC (e.g., ABT-700 PBD) is administered at 300 µg/kg.In one embodiment, the anti-cMet PBD ADC (e.g., ABT-700 PBD) isadministered at 400 µg/kg.

When administered adjunctive to, or with, other agents, such as otherchemotherapeutic agents, the ADCs may be administered on the sameschedule as the other agent(s), or on a different schedule. Whenadministered on the same schedule, the ADC may be administered before,after, or concurrently with the other agent. In some embodiments wherean ADC is administered adjunctive to, or with, standards of care, theADC may be initiated prior to commencement of the standard therapy, forexample a day, several days, a week, several weeks, a month, or evenseveral months before commencement of standard of care therapy.

In one set of exemplary embodiments, the additional anti-cancer agent isselected from the group consisting of cabazitaxel, colcemid, colchicine,cryptophycin, democolcine, docetaxel, nocodazole, paclitaxel,taccalonolide, taxane and vinblastine.

In one exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is used adjunctive toafatinib (GILOTRIF®) to treat NSCLC. The anti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399)is administered via IV infusion once every 14 days or every 21 days at0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg,3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg.GILOTRIF® is administered at 40 mg orally once daily until diseaseprogression or no longer tolerated by the patient. In one embodiment,the patients are selected for for the first-line treatment of metastaticNSCLC with GILOTRIF® based on the presence of EGFR exon 19 deletions orexon 21 (L858R) substitution mutations in tumor specimens.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to TARCEVA® (erlotinib) to treat non small cell lung cancer(NSCLC). The anti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IVinfusion once every 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg,0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg,4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg,preferably once every 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. The recommended dose andschedule for erlotinib is 150 mg orally, once daily. The adjunctiveanti-cMet ADC/erlotinib therapy is continued until disease progressionor no longer tolerated by the patient.

In one embodiment, the cancer is NSCLC, the anti-cMet ADC is ABBV-399,administered at 2.7 mg/kg every 21 days, and the erlotinib isadministered at 150 mg orally, once daily. The adjunctive anti-cMetADC/erlotinib therapy is continued until disease progression or nolonger tolerated by the patient. In one embodiment, the cancer is aNSCLC EGFR-mutated adenocarcinoma, the anti-cMet ADC is ABBV-399,administered at 2.7 mg/kg every 21 days, the erlotinib is administeredat 150 mg orally, once daily, and the patient has an H-score of 225 andabove or an IHC score of 3+.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to IRESSA® (gefitinib) to treat non small cell lung cancer(NSCLC). The anti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IVinfusion once every 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg,0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg,4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg,preferably once every 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. The recommended dose andschedule for gefitinib is 250 mg orally, once daily. The adjunctiveanti-cMet ADC/gefitinib therapy is continued until disease progressionor no longer tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to afatinib to treat non small cell lung cancer (NSCLC). Theanti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion onceevery 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg,3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably onceevery 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. The recommended dose and schedule forafatinib is 40 mg orally, once daily. The adjunctive anti-cMetADC/afatinib therapy is continued until disease progression or no longertolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to OPDIVO® (nivolumab) to treat non small cell lung cancer(NSCLC). The anti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IVinfusion once every 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg,0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg,4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg,preferably once every 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. Nivolumab is administered anintravenous infusion at 3 mg/kg over 60 minutes every two weeks. Theadjunctive anti-cMet ADC/nivolumab treatment is continued until diseaseprogression or no longer tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to OPDIVO® (nivolumab) and YERVOY® (ipilimumab) to treat nonsmall cell lung cancer (NSCLC). The anti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) isadministered via IV infusion once every 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg,2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kgor 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg, for four doseswith ipilimumab, then every 14 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg,0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg,5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, without ipilimumab.Nivolumab is administered as an intravenous infusion at 3 mg/kg over 60minutes every two weeks. Ipilimumab is administered intravenously at 3mg/kg over 90 minutes every three weeks in the first four doses. Theadjunctive anti-cMet ADC/nivolumab treatment is continued until diseaseprogression or no longer tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC can be usedadjunctive to pembrolizumab (KEYTRUDA®) to treat NSCLC. The anti-cMetADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 daysor every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg,3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 daysat 2.7 mg/kg. Pembrolizumab is administered as an intravenous infusionat 2 mg/kg over 30 minutes every 3 weeks. The adjunctive anti-cMet ADCand pembrolizumab therapy is continued until disease progression or nolonger tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to cisplatin to treat NSCLC. The anti-cMet ADC (e.g.,ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 days or every 21days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg,3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7mg/kg. Cisplatin is administered at 20 mg/m² or more, once every 3 to 4weeks. The adjunctive anti-cMet ADC/cisplatin therapy is continued untildisease progression or no longer tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to carboplatin to treat NSCLC. The anti-cMet ADC isadministered via IV infusion once every 14 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg,2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0mg/kg. Carboplatin is administered at 300 mg/m² or more, once every 4weeks. The adjunctive anti-cMet ADC/carboplatin therapy is continueduntil disease progression or no longer tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to veliparib to treat NSCLC. The anti-cMet ADC (e.g.,ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 days or every 21days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg,3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7mg/kg. Veliparib is administered orally, twice a day. The adjunctiveanti-cMet ADC/veliparib therapy is continued until disease progressionor no longer tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to veliparib and pemetrexed to treat NSCLC. The anti-cMet ADC(e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 days orevery 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg,1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg,5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7mg/kg. Veliparib is administered orally, twice a day. Pemetrexed isadministered at 500 mg/m² intravenously every 21 days. The adjunctiveanti-cMet ADC/veliparib/pemetrexed therapy is continued until diseaseprogression or no longer tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to cetuximab to treat NSCLC. The anti-cMet ADC (e.g.,ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 days or every 21days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg,3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7mg/kg. Cetuximab is administered at an initial dose of 400 mg/m² over a120-minute intravenous infusion followed by 250 mg/m² weekly infusionover 60 minutes. The adjunctive anti-cMet ADC/cetuximab therapy iscontinued until disease progression or no longer tolerated by thepatient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to ipilimumab (YERVOY®) to treat NSCLC. The anti-cMet ADC(e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 days orevery 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg,1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg,5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7mg/kg. Ipilimumab is administered at 3 mg/kg intravenously over 90minutes every 3 weeks for 3 months. The anti-cMet ADC therapy iscontinued until disease progression or no longer tolerated by thepatient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to radiation to treat NSCLC. The anti-cMet ADC (e.g.,ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 days or every 21days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg,3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7mg/kg. Typically, external beam radiation therapy is applied for a fewminutes up to 5 days a week for 5 to 7 weeks, but this will varydepending on the type of external beam radiation therapy that is used.The adjunctive anti-cMet ADC/radiation therapy is continued untildisease progression or no longer tolerated by the patient.

In yet another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is used adjunctiveto AVASTIN® (bevacizumab) to treat NSCLC. The anti-cMet ADC (e.g.,ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 days or every 21days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg,3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7mg/kg. The recommended dose and schedule for bevacizumab is 10 mg/kgevery 14 days or 15 mg/kg every 21 days. The adjunctive anti-cMetADC/bevacizumab therapy is continued until disease progression or nolonger tolerated by the patient.

In one exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is used adjunctive togemcitabine (GEMZAR®) to NSCLC cancer. The anti-cMet ADC (e.g.,ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 days or every 21days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg,3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7mg/kg. Gemcitabine is administered by intravenous infusion at a dose of1000 mg/m² over 30 minutes on days 1, 8, and 15 over an every 4-weekschedule. Administer cisplatin intravenously at 100 mg/m² on day 1 afterthe infusion of gemcitabine. In another embodiment, gemcitabine isadministered by intravenous infusion at a dose of 1250 mg/m² over 30minutes on days 1 and 8 over an every 3-week schedule. Administercisplatin intravenously at 100 mg/m² on day 1 after the infusion ofgemcitabine. If myelosuppression is observed, dose modifications asprovided in the prescribing information for gemcitabine may be used. Theadjunctive anti-cMet ADC/gemcitabine therapy is continued until diseaseprogression or no longer tolerated by the patient.

In one exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is used adjunctive togemcitabine (GEMZAR®) to treat pancreatic, ovarian, breast, or NSCLCcancer. The anti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IVinfusion once every 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg,0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg,4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg,preferably once every 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. In treating pancreaticcancer, gemcitabine is administered by intravenous infusion at a dose of1000 mg/m² over 30 minutes once weekly for up to 7 weeks, followed by aweek of rest from treatment. After week 8: weekly dosing on days 1, 8,and 15 of 28-day cycles. In treating ovarian cancer, gemcitabine isadministered by intravenous infusion at a dose of 1000 mg/m² over 30minutes on days 1 and 8 of each 21-day cycle, in combination withcarboplatin AUC 4 intravenously after Gemzar administration on day 1 ofeach 21-day cycle. Refer to carboplatin prescribing information foradditional information. In treating breast cancer, gemcitabine isadministered by intravenous infusion at a dose of 1250 mg/m²intravenously over 30 minutes on days 1 and 8 of each 21-day cycle thatincludes paclitaxel. Paclitaxel should be administered at 175 mg/m2 onday 1 as a 3 hour intravenous infusion before Gemzar administration. Ifmyelosuppression is observed, dose modifications as provided in theprescribing information for gemcitabine may be used. Subsequent cyclesshould consist of infusions once weekly for 3 consecutive weeks out ofevery 4 weeks. The adjunctive anti-cMet ADC/gemcitabine therapy iscontinued until disease progression or no longer tolerated by thepatient.

In another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is used adjunctive topaclitaxel albumin-stabilized nanoparticle formulation (ABRAXANE®) totreat breast or lung cancer. The anti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) isadministered via IV infusion once every 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg,2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kgor 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. Therecommended dose and schedule for paclitaxel albumin-stabilizednanoparticle formulation is 125 mg/m² administered as an intravenousinfusion over 30-40 minutes on days 1, 8, and 15 of each 28-day cycle.The adjunctive anti-cMet ADC/ABRAXANE® therapy is continued untildisease progression or no longer tolerated by the patient.

In another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is used adjunctive topaclitaxel albumin-stabilized nanoparticle formulation (ABRAXANE®) plusgemcitabine (GEMZAR®) to treat pancreatic cancer. The anti-cMet ADC(e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 days orevery 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg,1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg,5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7mg/kg. The recommended dose and schedule for paclitaxelalbumin-stabilized nanoparticle formulation is 125 mg/m² administered asan intravenous infusion over 30-40 minutes on days 1, 8, and 15 of each28-day cycle. Gemcitabine is administered by intravenous infusion at adose of 1000 mg/m² over 30 minutes once weekly for up to 7 weeks (oruntil toxicity reducing or holding a dose), followed by a week of restfrom treatment. Subsequent cycles should consist of infusions onceweekly for 3 consecutive weeks out of every 4 weeks. The adjunctiveanti-cMet ADC/ABRAXANE®/GEMZAR® therapy is continued until diseaseprogression or no longer tolerated by the patient.

In yet another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is used adjunctiveto AVASTIN® (bevacizumab) to treat colorectal cancer or lung or ovarian.The anti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion onceevery 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg,3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably onceevery 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. The recommended dose and schedule forbevacizumab is 10 mg/kg every 14 days or 15 mg/kg every 21 days. Theadjunctive anti-cMet ADC/bevacizumab therapy is continued until diseaseprogression or no longer tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to FOLFIRINOX (or FOLFIRI or FOLFOX or irinotecan or 5-FU orcapecitabine) to treat colorectal cancer. The anti-cMet ADC (e.g.,ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 days or every 21days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg,3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7mg/kg. FOLFIRINOX is a combination of four chemotherapy agents:fluorouracil [5-FU], leucovorin, irinotecan and oxaliplatin. In someembodiments, FOLFIRINOX is administered as follows: oxaliplatin, 85mg/m²; irinotecan, 180 mg/m²; leucovorin, 400 mg/m²; and fluorouracil,400 mg/m² given as a bolus followed by 2400 mg/m² given as a 46-hourcontinuous infusion, every 2 weeks. The adjunctive anti-cMetADC/FOLFIRINOX therapy is continued until disease progression or nolonger tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to Onivyde® to treat pancreatic cancer. The anti-cMet ADC(e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 days orevery 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg,1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg,5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7mg/kg. Onivyde® is a liposomal irinotecan formulation. In someembodiments, Onivyde® is administered at 70 mg/m² by intravenousinfusion over 90 minutes every 2 weeks. The adjunctive anti-cMetADC/Onivyde® therapy is continued until disease progression or no longertolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to Onivyde®, fluorouracil, and leucovorin to treatpancreatic. The anti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IVinfusion once every 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg,0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg,4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg,preferably once every 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. Onivyde® is a liposomalirinotecan formulation. In some embodiments, Onivyde® is administered at70 mg/m² by intravenous infusion over 90 minutes every 2 weeks, withleucovorin 400 mg/m² and fluorouracil 2400 mg/m² over 46 hours every 2weeks. The adjunctive anti-cMet ADC/Onivyde®/leucovorin/fluorouraciltherapy is continued until disease progression or no longer tolerated bythe patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to nivolumab (OPDIVO®) to treat lung cancer and other cancerswhere nivolumab is utilized. The anti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) isadministered via IV infusion once every 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg,2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kgor 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. Nivolumab isadministered an intravenous infusion at 3 mg/kg over 60 minutes everytwo weeks. The adjunctive anti-cMet ADC/nivolumab therapy is continueduntil disease progression or no longer tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC can be usedadjunctive to pembrolizumab (KEYTRUDA®) to treat colorectal cancer. Theanti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion onceevery 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg,3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably onceevery 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. Pembrolizumab is administered as anintravenous infusion at 2 mg/kg over 30 minutes every 3 weeks. Theadjunctive anti-cMet ADC/pembrolizumab therapy is continued untildisease progression or no longer tolerated by the patient.

In one embodiment, the cancer is pancreatic cancer, the anti-cMet ADC isABBV-399, administered at 2.7 mg/kg every 21 days, and the erlotinib isadministered at 150 mg orally, once daily. The adjunctive anti-cMetADC/erlotinib therapy is continued until disease progression or nolonger tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to doxorubicin to treat breast cancer. The anti-cMet ADC(e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 days orevery 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg,1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg,5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7mg/kg. When used adjunctively with other drugs, the most commonly useddosage of doxorubicin is 40 to 60 mg/m² given as a single intravenousinjection every 21 to 28 days. The adjunctive anti-cMet ADC/doxorubicintherapy is continued until disease progression or no longer tolerated bythe patient.

In yet another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is used adjunctiveto AVASTIN® (bevacizumab) to treat breast cancer. The anti-cMet ADC(e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 days orevery 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg,1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg,5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7mg/kg. The recommended dose and schedule for bevacizumab is 10 mg/kgevery 14 days or 15 mg/kg every 21 days. The adjunctive anti-cMetADC/bevacizumab therapy is continued until disease progression or nolonger tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to gemcitabine to treat breast cancer. The anti-cMet ADC(e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 days orevery 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg,1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg,5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7mg/kg. Gemcitabine is administered by intravenous infusion at a dose of1000 mg/m² over 30 minutes once weekly for up to 7 weeks (or untiltoxicity reducing or holding a dose), followed by a week of rest fromtreatment. Subsequent cycles should consist of infusions once weekly for3 consecutive weeks out of every 4 weeks. The adjunctive anti-cMetADC/gemcitabine therapy is continued until disease progression or nolonger tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to trastuzumab (HERCEPTIN®) to treat breast cancer. Theanti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion onceevery 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg,3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably onceevery 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. The recommended initial loading dose fortrastuzumab is 4 mg/kg administered as a 90-minute infusion. Therecommended weekly maintenance dose for trastuzumab is 2 mg/kg which canbe administered as a 30 minute infusion if the initial loading dose waswell tolerated. The adjunctive anti-cMet ADC/trastuzumab therapy iscontinued until disease progression or no longer tolerated by thepatient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to capecitabine (XELODA®) to treat breast cancer. Theanti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion onceevery 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg,3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably onceevery 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. Capecitabine can be administered at 1250mg/m² twice daily for 2 weeks followed by a one week rest period in 3week cycles. The adjunctive anti-cMet ADC/capecitabine therapy iscontinued until disease progression or no longer tolerated by thepatient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to nivolumab (OPDIVO®) to treat breast cancer. The anti-cMetADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 daysor every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg,3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 daysat 2.7 mg/kg. Nivolumab is administered an intravenous infusion at 3mg/kg over 60 minutes every two weeks. The adjunctive anti-cMetADC/nivolumab therapy is continued until disease progression or nolonger tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC can be usedadjunctive to pembrolizumab (KEYTRUDA®) to treat breast cancer. Theanti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion onceevery 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg,3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably onceevery 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. Pembrolizumab is administered as anintravenous infusion at 2 mg/kg over 30 minutes every 3 weeks. Theadjunctive anti-cMet ADC/pembrolizumab therapy is continued untildisease progression or no longer tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to TARCEVA® (erlotinib) to treat Head and Neck cancer. Theanti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion onceevery 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg,3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably onceevery 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. The recommended dose and schedule forerlotinib is 150 mg orally, once daily. The adjunctive anti-cMetADC/erlotinib therapy is continued until disease progression or nolonger tolerated by the patient.

In one embodiment, the cancer is Head and Neck cancer, the anti-cMet ADCis ABBV-399, administered at 2.7 mg/kg every 21 days, and the erlotinibis administered at 150 mg orally, once daily. The adjunctive anti-cMetADC/erlotinib therapy is continued until disease progression or nolonger tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctively to radiation to treat Head and Neck cancer. The anti-cMetADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 daysor every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg,3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 daysat 2.7 mg/kg. Typically, external beam radiation therapy is applied fora few minutes up to 5 days a week for 5 to 7 weeks, but this will varydepending on the type of external beam radiation therapy that is used.The adjunctive anti-cMet ADC/radiation therapy is continued untildisease progression or no longer tolerated by the patient.

In yet another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is used adjunctiveto AVASTIN® (bevacizumab) to treat Head and Neck cancer. The anti-cMetADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 daysor every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg,3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 daysat 2.7 mg/kg. The recommended dose and schedule for bevacizumab is 10mg/kg every 14 days or 15 mg/kg every 21 days. The adjunctive anti-cMetADC/bevacizumab therapy is continued until disease progression or nolonger tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to cetuximab to treat Head and Neck cancer. The anti-cMet ADC(e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 days orevery 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg,1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg,5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7mg/kg. Cetuximab is administered at an initial dose of 400 mg/m² over a120-minute intravenous infusion followed by 250 mg/m² weekly infusionover 60 minutes. The adjunctive anti-cMet ADC/cetuximab therapy iscontinued until disease progression or no longer tolerated by thepatient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to carboplatin to treat Head and Neck cancer. The anti-cMetADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 daysor every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg,3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 daysat 2.7 mg/kg. Carboplatin is administered at 300 mg/m² or more, onceevery 4 weeks. The adjunctive anti-cMet ADC/carboplatin therapy iscontinued until disease progression or no longer tolerated by thepatient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to nivolumab (OPDIVO®) to treat Head and Neck cancer. Theanti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion onceevery 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg,3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably onceevery 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. Nivolumab is administered an intravenousinfusion at 3 mg/kg over 60 minutes every two weeks. The adjunctiveanti-cMet ADC/nivolumab therapy is continued until disease progressionor no longer tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC can be usedadjunctive to pembrolizumab (KEYTRUDA®) to treat Head and Neck cancer.The anti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion onceevery 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg,3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably onceevery 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. Pembrolizumab is administered as anintravenous infusion at 2 mg/kg over 30 minutes every 3 weeks. Theadjunctive anti-cMet ADC/pembrolizumab therapy is continued untildisease progression or no longer tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to cisplatin to treat Head and Neck cancer. The anti-cMet ADC(e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion once every 14 days orevery 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg,1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.3mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8 mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg,5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably once every 21 days at 2.7mg/kg. The adjunctive anti-LRRC15 ADC/cisplatin therapy is continueduntil disease progression or no longer tolerated by the patient.

In still another exemplary embodiment, an anti-cMet ADC is usedadjunctive to TARCEVA® (erlotinib) to treat Head and Neck cancer. Theanti-cMet ADC (e.g., ABBV-399) is administered via IV infusion onceevery 14 days or every 21 days at 0.15 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.9mg/kg, 1.2 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.8 mg/kg, 2.1 mg/kg, 2.4 mg/kg, 2.7 mg/kg,3.0 mg/kg, 3.3 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, 3.9 mg/kg, 4.2 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 4.8mg/kg, 5.1 mg/kg, 5.4 mg/kg, 5.7 mg/kg or 6.0 mg/kg, preferably onceevery 21 days at 2.7 mg/kg. The recommended dose and schedule forerlotinib is 150 mg orally, once daily. The adjunctive anti-cMetADC/erlotinib therapy is continued until disease progression or nolonger tolerated by the patient.

In one embodiment, the cancer is Head and Neck cancer, the anti-cMet ADCis ABBV-399, administered at 2.7 mg/kg every 21 days, and the erlotinibis administered at 150 mg orally, once daily. The adjunctive anti-cMetADC/erlotinib therapy is continued until disease progression or nolonger tolerated by the patient.

As will be appreciated by those of skill in the art, the recommendeddosages for the various agents described above may need to be adjustedto optimize patient response and maximize therapeutic benefit.

In alternate embodiments, all numbers expressing quantities ofingredients, % purity, and so forth, used in this disclosure, aremodified by the term “about.”

5.11. Patient Selection

Patients selected for the ADC treatments of this disclosure includethose with cMet-expressing tumors and those with cMet-overexpressingtumors, which include, but are not limited to, any solid tumor(including also those that overexpress HGF and/or have abnormalactivation of HGF/cMet signaling or expression). Patients can beselected for treatment with the ADC treatments of this disclosure on thebasis of their level of cMet, which is classified in terms of animmunohistochemistry (IHC) H-score. Details on how to quantify andqualify the level of cMet overexpression are presented in the DetailedDescription (section 5.3.) and in Example 17. cMet overexpression can bedefined by an IHC H-score of greater than or equal to 150 when measuredaccording to the assay of Example 17 “cMet ABBV-ADC staining protocol.”Briefly, an IHC staining protocol for cMet overexpression has beendeveloped using the Ventana cMet CONFIRM (SP44) kit. Tissue samples arestained with the Ventana antibody and then scored by determining thepercentages of target tissue cells staining at various intensity levelsof low to high. FIG. 20 depicts representative H-scores using the assaydescribed in Example 17. Alternatively, cMet overexpressing tumor tissueusing an IHC score from 0 to 3+ is described in Example 21. FIG. 19depicts representative IHC scores using the assay described in Example21.

For purposes of this disclosure, an H-score between 150 and 224 isequivalant to an IHC score of 2+ and an H-score of 225 and above isequivalent to an IHC score of 3+. In one example, NSCLC squamous cellcarcinoma patients can be selected for treatment when their cancer hasan H-score of at least between 150 and 224, or an IHC score of 2+. Inanother example, NSCLC adenocarcinoma patients can be selected fortreatment when their cancer has an H-score of 225 and above, or an IHCscore of 3+.

The cancer may be newly diagnosed and naive to treatment, or may berelapsed, refractory, or relapsed and refractory, or a metastasis ormetastatic form of a cMet-expressing (herein referred to as cMet+tumors) or cMet-overexpressing tumor, i.e., cMet+/overexpressing tumors.As demonstrated in the Examples of this disclosure, cMet+/overexpressingtumors that exhibit resistance to other targeted or non-targetedchemotherapies, retain sensitivity to ABBV-399.

The anti-cMet ADCs have myriad uses, and in one embodiment are usefultherapeutically for the treatment of cMet overexpressing tumors inhumans, tumors where the MET gene has been amplified; and tumorscarrying mutations in or around Exon 14 of the MET gene, among others.In another embodiment, the anti-cMet ADCs are useful therapeutically forthe treatment of cMet expressing tumors in humans, where cMet is notoverexpressed but still expressed.

Tumors carrying EGFR Exon 19 deletions or EGFR Exon 21 mutations (L858R)are also within the scope of this disclosure. Amplification of the METgene is considered one of the more common causes of acquired resistancein EGFR-mutant NSCLC.

Response to ABBV-399 and other cMet-ADCs disclosed herein can correlatewith expression of cMet at both the protein and genomic level (e.g.,amplification, Exon 14 mutations). Preferential methods for measuringboth of these biomarkers are described in detail in the Examples.However, one of ordinary skill in the art would know how to use othermethods to assess the same and those methods are within the scope ofthis disclosure.

If different results are obtained with different methods, then theresults obtained with the methods described in the Examples are those tobe used in determining whether a particular embodiment falls within thescope of the embodiments. For example, for evaluating expression of thecMet protein one would use the “cMet ABBV-ADC staining protocol.” If theVentana reagents used in this protocol are no longer available, anotherFDA-approved protocol for assessment of cMet expression levels by IHCcan be used. For evaluating MET gene copy number one would use the“MET/CEP7 cMET amplification method.”

MET is subject to alternative splicing. Multiple MET transcripts ofdifferent size have been identified in human cell lines and tissues. Atleast three 8-kb variants have been described and presumed to begenerated by alternative splicing. A cMet isoform was described thatlacks 18 amino acids in the extracellular region (exon 10) and is themost abundant form in a variety of tissues and cell lines . Alternativesplicing of exon 14 generates another variant that has an in-framedeletion of 47 amino acids in the juxtamembrane cytoplasmic domain ofthe receptor. A possible mechanism of alternative splicing could be atthe origin of a 85 kDa, N-terminally truncated form of MET found inmalignant musculo-skeletal tumors, although this short form could alsooriginate from alternative transcription start or proteolitic cleavage.

It has been demonstrated that MET mutants involving deletion of exon 14stabilize the cMet receptor, resulting in a gain of function activity.MET Exon 14 contains the Cbl ubiquitin ligases site on tyrosine residue1003 (Y1003) where ubiquitin is otherwise normally attached to thetyrosine residue and leads to the lysosomal degradation of the cMetprotein. Hence, missense mutation of Y1003 residue or “skipping” of theprotein region that is encoded by MET Exon 14 results in a relativeoverexpression of MET protein, enhanced cMet activation and subsequentoncogenesis. Inhibition by MET Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors (TKIs) canresult in clinical benefit in at least NSCLC patients harboring theseMET Exon 14 alterations. Patients carrying any of these mutations canbenefit from the treatments disclosed herein.

Accordingly, patients may also be selected for treatment if they carrycells with a mutation in Exon 14 of the MET gene, the result of which isan increased level of cMet protein in those cancer cells. The Examplesalso provide various methods for assessing this biomarker.

MET amplification is recognized as one of the potential molecularmechanisms of acquired resistance in EGFR-mutated NSCLC to EGFR-TKIs.The decision on whether or not to select a particular patient fortreatment with the ADCs disclosed herein may also encompass determiningwhether the patient’s cancer carries a deletion in Exon 19 of theEpidermal Growth Factor Receptor (EGFR), a substitution in Exon 21(L858R), or both. Patients whose cancer carries one or both of thesegenomic alterations in at least some of its cells are preferentiallyselected for treatment with ABBV-399 or any other ADC disclosed herein.Methods for assessing these two biomarkers are provided in the Examplesbelow.

EXAMPLES

The following Examples, which highlight certain features and propertiesof exemplary embodiments of anti-cMet ADCs and methods of using theseADS to treat patients are provided for purposes of illustration, and notlimitation.

Example 1. Preparation of ABT-700

ABBV-399 (ABT-700-vcMMAE) is an antibody drug conjugate (ADC) comprisedof the antibody ABT-700 conjugated to the cytotoxic microtubuleinhibitor monomethylauristatin E (MMAE) via a cleavablevaline-citrulline (vc) linker. ABT-700 is a “humanized” recombinantimmunoglobulin G kappa (IgG₁κ) that targets a unique epitope of cMetresulting in blockade of both HGF-dependent and HGF-independent cMetsignaling.

ABT-700 is a humanized recombinant monoclonal antibody directed againstcMet. The antibody consists of 2 identical IgG1 heavy chains of 445amino acids paired with 2 identical light chains of 218 amino acids. Theheavy chain was engineered to introduce an extra cysteine at position223 as well as deletion of a lysine residue preceding Cys-223 anddeletion of 2 threonine residues flanking His-224. In addition, theC-terminal lysine amino acid on the heavy chain was engineered toeliminate heterogeneity at the C terminus due to incomplete cleavage ofthe lysine. The antibody is glycosylated at asparagine 296 on each heavychain.

The heavy chain contains 12 cysteine residues and the light chaincontains 5 cysteine residues. Each heavy chain contains 4 intra-chaindisulfide bridges and each light chain contains 2 intra-chain disulfidebridges. In addition, the 2 heavy chains are covalently linked by 3inter-chain disulfide bridges. Each light chain participates in 1disulfide bond with a heavy chain.

ABT-700 for the in vitro studies described below was prepared by routinetechniques, essentially as described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,741,290.Briefly, suspension-adapted HEK293 EBNA cells (InVitrogen, US) wereroutinely grown in 250 ml flasks in 50 ml of serum-free medium Excell293 (SAFC Biosciences) supplemented with 6 mM glutamine on an orbitalshaker (110 rpm rotation speed). Transient transfection was performedwith 2 × 10⁶ cells/ml using linear 25 kDa polyethyleneimine (PEI)(Polysciences) prepared in water at a final concentration of 1 mg/mlmixed and plasmid DNA (final concentration of 1.25 µg/ml for heavy tolight chain plasmid ratio of 1:1). At 4 hours post-transfection, theculture was diluted with one volume of fresh culture medium to achieve afinal cell density of 10⁶ cells/ml. The cultivation process wasmonitored on the basis of cell viability and Mab production. Typically,cultures were maintained for 4 to 5 days. ABT-700 was purified using aconventional chromatography approach on a Protein A resin (GEHealthcare, US).

ABT-700 for the clinical studies described below was preparedessentially as described next. First, the plasmidpConPlusγlfΔK/κ-hz224G11[TH7] was constructed for high-level expressionof ABT-700 monoclonal antibody in CHO cells using the GlutamineSynthetase GS-CHO technology. The heavy and light chain sequences werecloned into vectors pConPlusγ1fΔK-hz224G11/TH7VH0 andpConPlusκ2-hz224G11/VL4(4-39-84) respectively, creating single-genevectors (SGVs). The SGVs containing the heavy chain and the light chaingenes were then combined, together with the Glutamine Synthetase (GS)selection gene, to generate the final double-gene vector (DGV):pConPlusγ1fΔK/κ-

hz224G11[TH7]. The major components of pConPlusγ1fΔK/κ-hz224G11[TH7]include the following genes or regulatory elements in the followingorder: hCMV-MIE promoter, 5′ UTR with intron, ABT-700 light chain codingsequence [224G11 (HzVL)], SV40 polyadenylation sequence, hCMV-MIEpromoter, 5′ UTR with intron, ABT-700 heavy chain coding sequence[224G11 (HzVH)], SV40 polyadenylation sequence, plasmid origin ofreplication, beta-lactamase, and Glutamine Synthetase cDNA with itsregulatory sequences.

The expression system used for production of ABT-700 drug substance wasLonza Biologics’ proprietary Glutamine Synthetase (GS) Gene ExpressionSystem in Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells. The host cell line wasderived from CHO-K1SV host working cell bank designated 269-W3 (preparedfrom the host master cell bank 269-M).

The double-gene vector pConPlusγ1fΔK/κ-hz224G11[TH7]was transfected intoCHO-K1SV cells by electroporation and then distributed into 96-wellplates. Cells expressing GS, and hence those containing the expressionvector were selected by growth in protein-free and glutamine-freemedium. The plates were incubated until foci of transfected cells beganto appear. Only cell lines that came from wells containing singlecolonies (as determined by visual assessment) were progressed. Culturesupernatants from wells containing single colonies were screened forantibody production using an ELISA for assembled antibody. Severalclonal cell lines were established and the one showing the mostconsistent performance was selected for ABT-700 production. The cellswere tested to confirm the quality of the mRNA and the fidelity of thecoding transcripts.

A single frozen vial of cells is expanded by either shaker culture orcell bags. A larger volume of culture medium is inoculated with theexpanded cultures and the cultures expanded further in a bioreactor(comprising growth medium supplemented with methionine sulphoximide) ina 5% CO₂, 36° C. incubator. The cultures are harvested and filtered forthe removal of cells and debris. The ABT-700 is purified through aProtein A column, followed by anion exchange membrane chromatography,cation exchange column chromatography, viral filtration,ultrafiltration, and final bulk filtration. All solutions are preparedaccording to cGMP.

Example 2. Preparation of Heterogeneous DAR ABT700-vcMMAE ADCs

ABBV-399 is an ADC comprised of ABT-700 (an anti-cMet IgG1 antibody)conjugated to MMAE via a vc linker.

ABBV399 is derived from the conjugation of vcMMAE to inter-chaindisulfide bonds in ABT-700 after mild reduction to the sulfhydrylgroups. After an additional process step to remove higher order DARspecies, the average DAR for ABBV-399 is approximately 3.

Two different processes, Process I (FIGS. 2A and 2B) and Process II(FIGS. 3A and 3B) were used to make ABBV-399 heterogeneous DARcompositions.

An ABBV399 composition heterogeneous in DAR was prepared by a two-stepchemical process: disulfide reduction of ABT-700 followed by alkylation(conjugation) with maleimidocaproyl valine-citrulline (“val-cit”)para-aminobenzyl alcohol (“PABA”) monomethyl auristatin E (referred toherein as “vcMMAE”), illustrated below:

In the first step, a limited number of interchain disulfide bonds ofABT700 are reduced with tris(2-carboxyethyl) phosphine (“TCEP”) (≥ 0.8equiv). Partially-reduced ABT700 is then conjugated to vcMMAE (≥ 1.8equiv) in DMSO. Residual unreacted vcMMAE is quenched withN-acetyl-L-cysteine.

FIGS. 2A and 3A show chromatographic resolutions of the resultant crudeADC preparations obtained from Process I (FIG. 2A) or Process II (FIG.3A). As can be seen, the resultant ADC preparation is a heterogeneousmixture containing antibodies having zero MMAE molecules attached (“E0”peak), two MMAE molecules attached (“E2” peak), four MMAE moleculesattached (“E4” peak), six MMAE molecules attached (“E6” peak), eightMMAE molecules attached (“E8” peak), and ten MMAE molecules attached(“E10” peak). For process I, the average DAR of the crude productpreparation is approximately 4.3. For process II the average DAR of thecrude product preparation is approximately 3.2.

Example 3. Preparation of ABT700-vcMMAE ADCs Enriched in DAR3.1 andABBV-399 Enriched in a 1:1 E2/E4 Ratio Preparation of ABBV-399 Enrichedin DAR 3.1 Using Process I

To obtain an average DAR of 3.1, as depicted in FIG. 2B, a batchchromatographic process was used. The ABBV-399 crude product solution(FIG. 2A) is diluted with a potassium phosphate buffer and treated witha HIC resin to reduce the DAR to approximately 3. The HIC resin isremoved by filtration, washed with a phosphate-buffered saline solutionand the wash is optionally combined with the ABBV-399 DAR 3.1 productsolution.

FIG. 2B shows an analytical HIC chromatogram of the final product fromprocess I after treatment with the HIC resin (As can be seen, theresultant ADC preparation is a heterogeneous mixture containingantibodies having zero MMAE molecules attached (“E0” peak), two MMAEmolecules attached (“E2” peak), four MMAE molecules attached (“E4”peak), and six MMAE molecules attached (“E6” peak), and has an averageDAR of 3.1.

Preparation of ABBV-399 Enriched in a 1:1 E2/E4 Ratio

To obtain a 1:1 E2/E4 ratio, as depicted in FIG. 3B, a columnchromatographic process was used. The ABBV-399 crude product solution(FIG. 3A) is diluted with an ammonium sulfate/sodium phosphate solutionto the target binding concentration. This material is loaded on thecolumn and binds to the HIC resin. A step gradient elution using anammonium sulfate/sodium phosphate buffer is used to enrich the antibodydrug conjugates and isolate the ADC species with two or four vcMMAEmolecules attached. These are eluted off the column in one peak.

FIG. 3B shows an analytical HIC chromatogram of the final product fromProcess II after enrichment using the HIC chromatography column. As canbe seen, the resultant ADC preparation is a heterogeneous mixturecontaining antibodies having zero MMAE molecules attached (“E0” peak),two MMAE molecules attached (“E2” peak), and four MMAE moleculesattached (“E4” peak), and has an average DAR of 3.0.

As will be shown below in Example 16, ABBV-399 has shown anti-cancereffects in a Phase I clinical trial at a dose of 2.7 mg/kg Q3W. A doseescalation to 3 mg/kg is also proposed herein to identify the maximumtolerated dose for Phase II studies keeping in mind that brentuximabvedotin and DCDT2980S (an MMAE ADC targeting CD22) have been toleratedat 1.8 and 2.4 mg/kg but not 2.7 or 3.2 mg/kg, respectively. Based onconsiderations of drug antibody ratio (DAR; MMAE loading per antibodymolecule), ABBV-399 with a DAR of 3.1 may be potentially more tolerablethan brentuximab vedotin which has an approximate DAR of 4.

Example 4. Preparation of ABT700-PBD Antibody Drug Conjugate

ABT-700 (S238C)-PBD is comprised of two PBD drug-linker moleculesconjugated to cys engineered mAb ABT-700. The PBD synthon vaPBD wasconjugated to the ABT-700 (S238C if using Kabat, S239C if using the EUnumbering system) antibody. The conjugation process consists of aquantitative reduction of the engineered and interchain disulfides. Thistakes place through reduction of the interchain disulfides, quantitativeoxidation, and conjugation with excess PBD drug linker. The reductionmixture is then purified to remove the excess reagent and itsbyproducts, followed by quantitative oxidation of the interchaindisulfides and then conjugation with excess PBD drug-linker. Afterquenching, the reaction mixture is purified and buffer- exchanged toyield ABT-700 (S238C)-PBD. Reaction parameters have been identified toprovide a conjugate with >80% DAR2 drug loading.

Example 5. ABBV-399 Binds to Recombinant and Cellular cMet in VitroBinding ELISA, Cell Binding Assay and Fluorescence-Activated CellSorting (FACS) Analysis

96-well plates (Costar #3369) were coated with 100 µL/well of mouseanti-His antibody (Invitrogen #37-2900) at 1 µg/mL in PBS pH7.4 at 4° C.overnight, and then blocked using Superblock (Pierce, #37535) for onehour at room temperature. Plates were washed 4 times with PBST and thenincubated with 100 µL of recombinant human cMet extracellular domain(rh-cMet ECD-6His) (“6His” disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 100) at 2 µg/mL in10% Superblock in PBST for 1 h at room temperature. Plates were washed 4times with PBST and then incubated with ABT-700 or control human IgG inserial dilutions in 10% Superblock in triplicate wells at roomtemperature for 1 h. Plates were washed 4 times with PBST and thenincubated with 100 µL of 1:15,000 goat anti-human IgG-HRP(Thermo-scientific Pierce, Cat#31412) at room temperature for 1 h.Plates were washed 4 times in PBST and 100 µL of TMB (Pierce, #34028)was added to each well and incubated at room temperature until colordeveloped (approximately 10 min). Reactions were stopped by addition of2N sulfuric acid (Mallinckrodt chemicals, Cat#H381-05) and opticaldensity (OD) was read at 450 nm.

The binding of ABBV-399 to surface cMet on a panel of human cancer cellswas determined by fluorescence-assisted cell sorting (FACS) analysis.For cellular cMet binding studies, cells were harvested from flasks whenapproximately 80% confluent using Cell Dissociation Buffer (Invitrogen#13151-014 or #13150-016). Cells were washed once in PBS/1% FBS (FACSbuffer), resuspended at 1.5-2 × 106 cells/mL in FACS buffer andtransferred to a round bottom 96-well plate (BD Falcon #3910) at 100µL/well. Ten µL of a 10x concentration of ABT-700, ABBV-399, or controlswas added and plates were incubated at 4° C. for two hours. Wells werewashed twice with FACS buffer and resuspended in 50 µL of 1:500anti-human IgG Ab (AlexaFluor 488, Invitrogen #11013) diluted in FACSbuffer. Plates were incubated at 4° C. for one hour, washed twice withFACS buffer. Cells were resuspended in 100 µL of PBS/1% formaldehyde andanalyzed on a Becton Dickinson LSRII flow cytometer.

ABBV-399 is reactive with the recombinant form of the human cMetextracellular domain (ECD, residues 25 – 932) as determined byenzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), using a routine method forapparent affinity measurement, as known and available to one of ordinaryskill in the art. ABBV-399 binds the human cMet ECD with an apparentaffinity (EC₅₀) of 0.30 nM (TABLE 6), similar to ABT-700 (EC₅₀ of 0.22nM) (TABLE 6).

ABBV-399 displayed binding affinity of 0.2 to 1.5 nM (TABLE 6) to tumorcells including NCI-H441, NCI-H292, and NCI-H1650 lung cancer cells andHs746T, IM-95, and SNU-5 gastric cancer lines. This assay was conductedby a routine for apparent affinity measurement, as known and availableto one of ordinary skill in the art.

TABLE 6 Binding affinity of ABBV-399 to recombinant and cellular cMetABBV-399 (EC₅₀ nmol/L) ABT-700 (EC₅₀ nmol/L) cMet ECD^(a) by ELISA^(b)0.30 0.22 Cellular cMet by FACS^(c) Hs746T 0.4 +/- 0.1 0.4 +/- 0.1 SNU-51.4+/- 0.4 1.6+/- 1.1 IM-95 1.5 +/- 0.9 1.8 +/- 0.4 NCI-H820 0.2 +/- 0.10.3 +/- 0.2 NCI-H441 1.0 +/- 0.6 1.1 +/- 1.1 NCI-H1573 0.6 +/- 0.1 0.4+/- 0.1 NCI-H1650 0.3 +/- 0.2 0.4 +/- 0.2 ^(a) Extracellular domain(residues 25-932 of cMet) ^(b) EC₅₀ values derived from ELISA in whichcMet ECD was captured on the plate via a His tag. Values are the averageof six experiments. ^(c) EC₅₀ values derived from FACS analysis ofABBV-399 on cancer cell lines. Values are the average of at least twoexperiments, +/- the standard deviation.

Example 6. In Vitro Potency of ABBV-399 Against Tumor Cell LinesCytotoxicity Assay

Tumor cells were plated at 2000-5000 cells/well in 180 µL growth mediumcontaining 10% FBS in 96-well plates, and cultured at 37° C. in ahumidified incubator with 5% CO2. The following day, titrations ofantibodies or ADCs in 20 µL were added and cells were incubated for 6days. Cell viability was determined using a CellTiter-Glo LuminescentCell Viability Assay (Promega) according to the manufacturer’sinstructions. A non-binding, irrelevant negative control ADC conjugatedto MMAE was also included in all assays to confirm that cell killing wasantigen dependent.

ABBV-399 inhibited proliferation of cancer cells that over-express cMet,including the MET-amplified cell lines Hs746T and SNU-5 gastric cancercells (FIG. 4 ). As a comparison, ABT-700 inhibited proliferation ofcells with MET amplification (FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B) but not cell lineswithout MET amplification, i.e., the NCI-H820 and NCI-H441 (FIG. 4C andFIG. 4D).

Determination of Receptor Density

cMet cell surface density (antigen binding capacity per cell) wasdetermined by indirect immunofluorescence staining of cell surfaceantigens on cultured cells using QIFIKIT (Dako). Briefly, cells wereharvested from a culture flask as described above for FACS analysis,added to a round bottom 96-well plate at 100 µL/well and incubated at 4°C. with 3 µg/mL cMet antibody m224G11. Wells, treated with an irrelevantmouse monocloncal antibody of the same isotype mIgG1 at 3 µg/mL, wereincluded as controls. Following a one hour incubation with primaryantibody, cells were centrifuged for 3 minutes at 300 × g, washed twicewith FACS buffer, and incubated for one hour at 4° C. with 100 µL of theQIFIT-provided FITC conjugated antibody diluted 1:50 in FACS buffer.Cells were centrifuged for 3 minutes at 300 × g, washed twice with FACSbuffer, and fixed with 100 µL/well of 1% formaldehyde in PBS. For theindirect immunofluorescence staining of the QIFIKIT beads, 100 µL ofresuspended beads from Vial 1 and Vial 2 were added to separate wells,centrifuged for 3 min at 300 × g, washed once with FACS buffer and fixedwith 100 µL/well of 1% formaldehyde in PBS. Data was acquired on aBecton Dickinson LSRII flow cytometer and Geomean values for the 5 beadpopulations were recorded and used to calculate a standard curve basedon the lot specific antibody molecules per bead. The standard curve wasused to assign ABC (Antibody Binding Capacity or number of receptors) tostained cell samples.

ABBV-399 is cytotoxic to cancer cells that over-express cMet. Todetermine the correlation of cMet expression level to sensitivity toABBV-399, the in vitro analysis was expanded to include a panel of 16cell lines. These included 6 NSCLC lines (A549, NCI-H1573, NCI-H820,NCI-H441, and NCI-H1650, 4 gastro esophageal cancer lines (Hs746T,SNU-5, SNU-620, and IM-95), 2 CRC lines (SW-48 and HT-29), 2 breastcancer lines (MDA-MB-231 and MCF-7), the KP4 pancreatic cancer line, andthe U-87 MG glioblastoma cancer line. Additional NSCLC cell lines(EBC-1, NCI-H226, SW900, HCC15, SK-MES-1, and NCI-H1702) were alsotested and are shown in Table 7A.

TABLE 7A Cytotoxicity IC₅₀ (nM) NSCLC cell line cMet receptors/cellABBV-399 ABT 700-PBD MMAE/PBD H820 (Adeno) 320,000 0.1 0.02 5 H441(Adeno) 197,000 0.06 0.003 20 H1573 (Adeno) 116,000 18.3 0.07 261 H1650(Adeno) 55,000 47.9 0.4 120 A549 (Adeno) 43,000 1.6 0.1 16 EBC-1(Squamous, amp) 233,000 0.06 0.095 0.6 H226 (Squamous) 114,000 same ascontrol 0.04 n/a SW900 (Squamous) 63,000 7.5 0.02 375 HCC15 (Squamous)59,000 same as control 0.003 n/a SK-MES-1 (Squamous) 39,000 same ascontrol 0.17 n/a H1703 (Squamous) 23,000 same as control 0.7 n/a Othercell lines Hs746T (Ga, amp) 350,000 0.11 0.018 6.1 8T-20 (Br) 41,0000.23 0.1 2.3 U87MG (GBM) 22,000 1.9 0.21 9 M059J (GBM) 87,000 3.6 0.03120 U118MG (GBM) 12,500 0.54 0.2 2.7 KP4 (Pa) 15,000 2.9 0.02 145 SW48(CRC) 26,000 same as control 0.0029 >1000 NHBE (normal bronchialepithelial) 40,000 none none n/a

FACS analysis demonstrated that these cell lines possess a range of cMetexpression levels as quantified via cMet antibody binding capacityrepresenting the number of cell surface cMet molecules (TABLE 7B).Sensitivity to ABBV-399 in the cell proliferation assay was quantifiedas maximal killing and IC₅₀ (TABLE 7B). These data suggest that there isa threshold level of cMet expression required for significant killing byABBV-399. Exceptions to this were the cell lines known to have anautocrine HGF loop, such as IM 95, KP4, and U-87 MG, in which lower cMetexpression levels were sufficient for ABBV-399 to exert significantcytotoxicity.

TABLE 7B cMet Expression on Tumor Cells In Vitro and Sensitivity toABBV-399 cMet Expression^(a) Maximal Killing^(b) ABBV-399 IC₅₀ ^(c) LungCancer A549 43,000 22% 1.6 +/- 1.1 NCI-H1573 115,667 18% 18 +/- 14NCI-H820 320,000 87% 0.20 +/- 0.07 NCI-H441 197,000 56% 0.06 +/- 0.05NCI-H1650 4,500 13% 47.9 +/- 8.5 EBC-1 233,231 96% 0.06 +/- 0.03 GastricCancer Hs746T 350,000 87% 0.11 +/- 0.06 SNU-620 230,000 80% 0.17 +/-0.08 SNU-5 291,000 85% 0.28 +/- 0.07 IM-95 21,500 53% 1.7 +/- 0.9Colorectal Cancer SW48 25,500 0% NA HT-29 161,438 70% 9.0 +/- 1.4 BreastCancer MDA-MB-231 30,500 0% NA MCF-7 8,300 0% NA Pancreatic Cancer KP415,300 53% 2.9 +/- 1.9 Glioblastoma U-87MG 22,000 30% 1.9 +/- 0.1Non-tumor Cell Lines NHBE (bronchial epithelial) 40,085 10% NA HUVEC(vascular endothelial 15,790 6% NA HMEC (mammary epithelial) ND 0% NAPrEC (prostate epithelial) 64,853 0% NA NHDF (dermal fibroblasts) 1,6020% NA ^(a)Approximate number of cMet molecules on cell surfacedetermined by FACS analysis as antibody binding capacity for m224G11(the murine parent of ABT-700) binding at 10 µg/mL. ^(b)Relative tountreated control at ≤ 1 µg/mL in a six day proliferation.

Example 7. ABT700-PBD ADC Inhibits Tumor Cell Proliferation in a BroadPanel of Cell Lines

Tumor cells were plated at 2000-5000 cells/well in 180 µL growth mediumcontaining 10% FBS in 96-well plates, and cultured at 37° C. in ahumidified incubator with 5% CO2. The following day, titrations of ADCsin 20 µL were added and cells were incubated for 6 days. Cell viabilitywas determined using a CellTiter-Glo Luminescent Cell Viability Assay(Promega) according to the manufacturer’s instructions. A non-binding,irrelevant negative control ADC conjugated to MMAE was also included inall assays to confirm that cell killing was antigen-dependent.

The results are shown in FIG. 5 . Both cMet ADCs were active against adiverse panel of tumor types, with varying levels of cMet expression(high/low) and gene amplification (amp). The MMAE/PBD column indicateshow much more MMAE ADC is required to give the same cytotoxic activityas that achieved with the PBD ADC. In most cell lines, the PBD ADC issignificantly more potent than the MMAE conjugate.

Example 8. ABT700-PBD ADC Is Active in Vitro Against Human ColorectalCancer Cell Lines

Tumor cells were plated at 2000-5000 cells/well in 180 µL growth mediumcontaining 10% FBS in 96-well plates, and cultured at 37° C. in ahumidified incubator with 5% CO2. The following day, titrations of ADCsand free drug (PBD and MMAE) in 20 µL were added and cells wereincubated for 6 days. Cell viability was determined using aCellTiter-Glo Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega) according tothe manufacturer’s instructions. A non-binding, irrelevant negativecontrol ADC conjugated to MMAF (Ab095 MMAF) was also included in allassays to confirm that cell killing was antigen-dependent. Thecetuximab-MMAE ADC is a positive control. Receptor density levels werecalculated as described in Example 6.

The results are show in FIGS. 6A and 6B. ABT700-PBD is active against avariety of colorectal cancer cell lines, including those with low levelsof cMet receptors on the cell surface (e.g., SW48, FIG. 6B). A cMetgene-amplified cell line on average has 200-300K receptors per cell. Theactivity of the ABBV-399 ADC is also shown for comparative purposes.Where no results are entered, no activity was observed. In general,ABT700-PBD is more active than ABBV-300 in colorectal cancer cell lines.

Example 9. ABT700-PBD ADC Is Active in Vitro Against Human Brain CancerCell Lines

Tumor cells were plated at 2000-5000 cells/well in 180 µL growth mediumcontaining 10% FBS in 96-well plates, and cultured at 37° C. in ahumidified incubator with 5% CO2. The following day, titrations of ADCsand free drug (PBD and MMAE) in 20 µL were added and cells wereincubated for 6 days. Cell viability was determined using aCellTiter-Glo Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega) according tothe manufacturer’s instructions. A non-binding, irrelevant negativecontrol ADC conjugated to MMAF (Ab095 MMAF) was also included in allassays to confirm that cell killing was antigen-dependent. Receptordensity levels were calculated as described in Example 6. A cMetgene-amplified cell line on average has 200-300 K receptors per cell.

The results are show in FIG. 7 . ABT700-PBD is active against a varietyof brain cancer cell lines, including those with low levels of cMetreceptors on the cell surface (e.g., SW48, FIG. 6B). The activity of theABBV-399 ADC is also shown for comparative purposes. Where no resultsare entered, no activity was observed. In general, ABT700-PBD is moreactive than ABBV-300 in brain cancer cell lines.

Example 10. ABT700-PBD ADC Is Active in Vivo Against Human ColorectalTumor Xenografts

The in vivo efficacy of ABT-700, ABBV-399 and ABT-700 PBD were evaluatedin mice transplanted with SW-48 colorectal cells (cMet IHC 1+). Theexperiments were done essentially as described in Example 13 below .

ADCs or antibodies were administered every seven days at the doses shown(mg/kg). ABT-700 PBD is superior to ABBV-399 in low cMet expressor SW-48xenografts. See FIG. 8 .

Example 11. ABBV-399 and ABT700-PBD ADCs Are Active in Vivo AgainstHuman NSCLC Patient-Derived Xenografts

Efficacy of ABBV-399 ABT700-PBD ADCs was determined in xenograftsderived from non-small cell lung and colorectal cancer patients. Tumorfragments of 3 to 5 mm³ at passage 3 (P3) were implanted subcutaneouslyin the right rear flank of NSG mice (The Jackson Laboratory) with atrochar. ABBV-399 and ABT-700 PBD were administered every seven days fora total of six doses. Numbers in parentheses represent dose administeredin mg/kg. For all groups, tumor volumes were plotted only for theduration that allowed the full set of animal to remain on study. Ifanimals had to be taken off study, the remaining animals were monitoredfor tumor growth until they reached defined end-points. Tumor growthdelay (TGD) results are shown in Table 8.

# Indication POX Model TGD¹ (%) ABBV-399 TGD (%) ABT-700 PBD 1Colorectal CTG-0440 12 0 2 Colorectal CTG-0084 0 0 3 Colorectal CTG-041954 54 4 Colorectal CTG-0117 0 54 5 Colorectal CTG-0387 0 63 6 ColorectalCTG-0058 71 80 7 Colorectal CTG-0115 114 114 8 Colorectal CTG-0796 78122 9 Colorectal CTG-0382 126 126 10 Colorectal CTG-0062 0 186 11Colorectal CTG-0358 94 250 12 Colorectal CTG-0406 0 271 13 ColorectalCTG-0652 350 350 14 NSCL CTG-0176 71 79 15 NSCL CTG-0363 0 125 16 NSCLCTG-0164 25 136 17 NSCL CTG-0165 170 170 18 NSCL CTG-0178 0 200 19 NSCLCTG-0162 88 288 20 NSCL CTG-0159 288 288 21 NSCL CTG-0170 336 336 22NSCL CTG-0167 0 445 ¹Tumor growth delay (TGD), expressed as apercentage, is the difference of the median time of the test articletreated group tumors to reach 1 cm³ as compared to the control group.

Graphs are shown for three different human tumor xenografts withrelatively low (CTG-0363), intermediate (CTG-0159), and high (CTG-0170)levels of expression of cMet mRNA, a surrogate for cMet protein levelson the cell surface (FIGS. 9A, 9B, and 9C, respectively). The tumorresponse to each ADC is dependent on the cMet levels. The ABT700-PBD ADCis more active than ABBV-399, at about ⅒ of the dose.

Example 12. ABBV-399 Are Active in Vivo Against Human NSCLCPatient-Derived Xenografts

For the LG0703 and LG1049 patient-derived xenograft models (The JacksonLaboratory, Sacramento, CA), efficacy of ABBV-399 was determined inxenografts derived from non-small cell lung cancer patients. Tumorfragments of 3 to 5 mm³ at passage 3 (P3) were implanted subcutaneouslyin the right rear flank of NSG mice (The Jackson Laboratory) with atrochar. For all groups, tumor volumes were plotted only for theduration that allowed the full set of animal to remain on study. Ifanimals had to be taken off study, the remaining animals were monitoredfor tumor growth until they reached defined end-points. Efficacy isdepicted on a Kaplan-Meier plot for (A) LG0703 and (B) LG1049 models asfractions reaching the indicated tumors volumes following therapy. Inboth models, ABBV-399 and control agents were administered every fourdays for a total of six doses. In the LG1049 model, ABT-700 wasadministered every seven days for a total of six doses. Numbers inparentheses represent dose administered in mg/kg.

The ABBV-399 ADC is more active than ABT-700 alone. See FIG. 10 .

Example 13. ABBV399, Alone and in Combination, Inhibits Tumor Growth incMet-Overexpressing Tumors in Animal Models

ABBV-399 has shown robust and reproducible antitumor effects in avariety of xenograft models including gastric cancer, NSCLC andglioblastoma multiforme models. The activity in tumors is in part basedon delivery of the MMAE cytotoxic payload. In addition, ABBV-399 mayalso have antitumor activity through inhibition of both HGF-dependentand -independent cMet signaling and antibody mediated effector function.

The in vivo efficacy of ABBV-399 was evaluated in mice transplanted with(FIG. 11A) Hs746T gastric cancer, (FIG. 11B) NCI-H441 lung cancer cells,and (FIG. 11C) SW-40 colorectal cancer cells. Female SCID, SCID-Beigeand nude mice were obtained from Charles River (Wilmington, MA) andhoused at ten mice per cage. The body weight upon arrival was 20-22 g.Food and water were available ad libitum. Mice were acclimated to theanimal facilities for a period of at least one week prior tocommencement of experiments. Animals were tested in the light phase of a12-hr light: 12-hr dark schedule (lights on at 06:00 hours). Allexperiments were conducted in compliance with AbbVie’s InstitutionalAnimal Care and Use Committee and the National Institutes of HealthGuide for Care and Use of Laboratory Animals Guidelines in a facilityaccredited by the Association for the Assessment and Accreditation ofLaboratory Animal Care.

To generate xenografts, a suspension of viable tumors cells mixed withan equal amount of Matrigel (BD Biosciences) was injected subcutaneouslyinto the flank of 6- to 8-week old mice. The injection volume was 0.2 mLcomposed of a 1:1 mixture of S-MEM and Matrigel (BD Biosciences). Tumorswere size matched at approximately 200-250 mm3 unless otherwiseindicated. Therapy began the day of or 24 h after size matching thetumors. Mice weighed approximately 25 g at the onset of therapy. Eachexperimental group included 8-10 animals. Tumors were measured two tothree times weekly. Measurements of the length (L) and width (W) of thetumor were obtained via electronic calipers and the volume wascalculated according to the following equation: V = L × W2/2. Mice wereeuthanized when tumor volume reached a maximum of 3,000 mm3 or uponpresentation of skin ulcerations or other morbidities, whicheveroccurred first. For Hs746T, ABT-700 was administered every seven dayswhile the ABBV-399 was administered every four days. For NCI-H441xenografts, both ABT-700 and ABBV-399 were administered every four daysfor a total of six doses. Numbers in parentheses represent doseadministered in mg/kg and arrows indicate days of administration. Inboth cancer types, the ABBV-399 ADC is more active than ABT-700 alone,and the effect is dose-dependent (FIGS. 11A and 11B).

(FIG. 11C) Combination efficacy of ABBV-399 and FOLFIRI was determinedusing SW-48 human colorectal cancer xenografts. 5-Fluorouracil (APPPharmaceuticals, Schaumburg, IL), irinotecan (Hospira, Lake Forest, IL)were obtained as solutions and diluted with 0.9% Sodium Chloride forInjection (USP), and leucovorin calcium (Fluka Chemical Corp.,Milwaukee, WI) was obtained as a salt and re-constituted with salinebefore dosing. Standard of care agents 5-fluorouracil (50 mg/kg), andirinotecan (30 mg/kg) were administered intravenously and leucovorin (25mg/kg) was administered orally on Q7Dx5 regimen (FOLFIRI). IgG control,Ig MMAE and ABBV-399 were administered intraperitoneally every sevendays. Numbers in parentheses represent dose administered in mg/kg andarrows indicate days of administration. The ABBV-399 + FOLFIRIcombination is effective in SW-48 colon cancer xenografts.

Example 14. ABBV-399 Efficacy Against Human Tumor Xenograft ModelsRefractory to ABT-700

ABBV-399 efficacy was evaluated in mice xenotransplanted with parentalHs746T alone (FIG. 12B) or following relapse upon treatment with ABT-700(FIGS. 12A and 12B). FIG. 12C evaluates ABBV=399 efficacy followingrelapse upon treatment with ABT-700 in mice senografts transplated withEBC-1 xenograft tumors. Numbers in parentheses represent doseadministered in mg/kg and arrows indicate days of administration. Tumorvolumes are depicted as mean ± S.E.M.

Efficacy of ABBV-399 was evaluated in a gastric carcinoma model (Hs746T)and a lung squamous cell carcinoma model (EBC-1) that were maderefractory to ABT-700 by repeated exposure to the antibody in vivo(Hs746T ABT-700R and EBC-1 ABT-700R). Initially, treatment of xenograftsderived from the parental Hs746T with ABT-700 resulted in tumor stasisfollowed by relapse (FIG. 12A; blue line). Treatment of these relapsedtumors (red line) with ABBV-399 led to regression (FIG. 12A, red line).In contrast, Hs746T ABT-700R xenografts were refractory to ABT-700treatment with quick tumor outgrowth on therapy (FIG. 12B; blue line).When these refractory tumors reached a mean cohort size of approximately1,000 mm³, treatment with ABBV-399 resulted in tumor regression (FIG.12B; red line) followed by eventual outgrowth. Treatment of Hs746TABT-700R of approximately 300 mm³ with ABBV-399 resulted in completetumor regression (FIG. 12B). Similar results were observed subsequent totreatment of the ABT-700-resistant cell line EBC-1 with ABT-700 followedby ABBV-399. These results suggest that efficacy of ABBV-399 isindependent of response to ABT-700, at least for cell lines withamplified cMet.

Example 15. Formulation of ABBV-399 for Clinical Use

ABBV-399 Drug Product is provided as a sterile lyophilized powder forreconstitution. Each vial contains 100 mg of ABBV-399. Afterreconstitution with 5.0 mL of sterile water for injection, the finalconcentration of ABBV-399 is 20 mg/mL. In addition to ABBV-399, theformulation contains sucrose, polysorbate 80, and is in a histidinebuffer. Prior to administration, ABBV-399 is further diluted in normalsaline to a concentration range between 1-10 mg/mL, depending on theweight of the subject.

Example 16. Phase I Open-Label, Dose-Escalation and Expansion Study ofABBV-399, an Antibody Drug Conjugate (ADC) Targeting cMet, in Patients(pts) with Advanced Solid Tumors 16.1. Summary

An ongoing Phase 1/1b open-label study is evaluating the safety,pharmacokinetics (PK), and preliminary efficacy of ABBV-399 in subjectswith advanced solid tumors. The study consists of two phases: (1) aDose-Escalation/Expansion Phase (Monotherapy) and a Combination TherapyPhase. Subjects with advanced solid tumors with cMet overexpression, METexon 14 mutation or MET amplification possibly including, but notlimited to NSCLC, esophageal/gastric, CRC or head and neck cancer may beenrolled in the dose expansion and combination therapy phases of thestudy.

The monotherapy phase of the study evaluated the safety andpharmacokinetic profile of ABBV-399 when administered intravenously inapproximately 24 to 42 subjects following the dose-escalation schemedepicted in FIG. 13 . ABBV-399 was administered at escalating doselevels starting from 0.15 mg/kg in 21-day dosing cycles. Based on safetyand PK data from dosing every 21 days, ABBV-399 will also beadministered every 14 days on a 28-day schedule. Three to 6 subjectswill be enrolled in each cohort and dosed once every 21 (one dose per21-day Cycle) or 14 (2 doses per 28-day Cycle) days until diseaseprogression or unacceptable toxicity to determine the maximum tolerateddose (MTD) or maximally administered dose (MAD). Dose limiting toxicity(DLT) definitions will be used to make decisions regardingdose-escalation. Based on available safety, PK, and pharmacodynamic(PDx) data, up to 40 subjects will be enrolled in an expansion cohortthat will further evaluate ABBV-399 at a dose level which is at or belowthe MTD or MAD. On the dose-expansion, subjects with advanced solidtumors with cMet overexpression, MET exon 14 mutation or METamplification will be enrolled.

In the combination therapy phase, up to 18 subjects will be enrolledinto each of the combination therapy arms as described below:

-   Combination cohort A: Subjects eligible to receive ABBV-399 plus    erlotinib-   Combination cohort B: Subjects eligible to receive ABBV-399 plus    cetuximab-   Combination cohort C: Subjects eligible to receive ABBV-399 plus    bevacizumab-   Combination cohort D: Subjects eligible to receive ABBV-399 plus    nivolumab

All subjects will be evaluated for safety and tolerability of theregimen, PK profile of ABBV-399 and preliminary evidence of efficacy. Onthe combination therapy arms, subjects with advanced solid tumors withcMet overexpression, MET exon 14 mutation or MET amplification may beenrolled. Subjects on combination arms A, B or C will be assigned to a14-day or 21-day ABBV-399 dosing schedule whereas subjects on arm D willreceive ABBV-399 on a 14-day schedule to coincide with nivolumab every14-day dosing.

Archival tumor tissue is required for enrollment on this study. Tumortissue will be analyzed for cMet protein, MET copy number and otherbiomarkers. Expression of cMet will be determined by animmunohistochemistry assay; amplification of MET will be determined byfluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) or DNA sequencing of tumor orcirculating tumor DNA.

16.2. Patient Selection: Diagnosis and Main Criteria forInclusion/Exclusion

Some of the Criteria for Inclusion for ABBV-399 MonotherapyDose-Escalation/Expansion:

-   Subject must be ≥ 18 years of age-   Subject with advanced solid tumor including but not limited to    non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), colorectal, breast, ovarian,    esophageal/gastric and head and neck cancer.-   Subject must have advanced solid tumor that is not amenable to    surgical resection or other approved therapeutic options that have    demonstrated clinical benefit.    -   For dose-expansion: Subject must have tumor with cMet        overexpression, MET exon 14 mutation or MET amplification.-   Subject has an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance    Status of 0 to 2.-   Subject must have measurable disease per RECIST version 1.1

Additional Inclusion Criteria for Subjects Enrolled on the CombinationTherapy Phase

-   Subjects in the combination therapy arms must meet the above    inclusion criteria and be eligible to receive erlotinib, cetuximab,    bevacizumab or nivolumab per most current prescribing information,    or at the discretion of the Investigator.

Main Exclusion Criteria:

-   For All Cohorts:    -   Subject has received anticancer therapy including chemotherapy,        immunotherapy, radiation therapy, immunotherapy, biologic, or        any investigational therapy within a period of 21 days, or        herbal therapy within 7 days prior to the first dose of        ABBV-399.    -   Palliative radiation therapy for painful bone, skin or        subcutaneous metastases for 10 fractions or less is not subject        to a washout period.    -   For approved targeted small molecules, a washout period of 5        half-lives is adequate (no washout period required for subjects        currently on erlotinib).    -   Subject has known uncontrolled metastases to the central nervous        system (CNS). Subjects with brain metastases are eligible after        definitive therapy provided they are asymptomatic off steroids        and anticonvulsants for at least 2 weeks prior to first dose of        ABBV-399.    -   Subject has unresolved clinically significant adverse events ≥        Grade 2 from prior anticancer therapy except for alopecia or        anemia.    -   Subject has had major surgery within 21 days prior to the first        dose of ABBV-399.

Additional Exclusion Criteria for Subjects Enrolled on the CombinationTherapy Phase

-   Subjects enrolled on the combination therapy phase must satisfy the    above exclusion criteria and also the following:    -   Subjects may not receive ABBV-399 in combination with erlotinib,        cetuximab, bevacizumab or nivolumab if they have any medical        condition which in the opinion of the Investigator places the        subject at an unacceptably high risk for toxicities from the        combination.-   Subjects may not receive cetuximab if they have K-ras mutation.-   Subjects may not receive bevacizumab if they have squamous NSCLC.

It is also planned that, in certain studies and for future clinical useof the anti-cMet ADCs disclosed herein, patients will be selected on thebasis of their cMet expression levels (gene amplification, membranecMet) and MET exon 14 mutation. Methods for assessing each of thesemarkers are provided below.

16.3. Dosing Regimen Dose-Escalation/Expansion Phase

ABBV-399 was administered as an intravenous infusion once every 21 daysuntil disease progression or intolerable toxicity. Dosing began at 0.15mg/kg and escalated to 0.3, 0.6, 1.2, 1.8, 2.4, 3.0 and 3.3 mg/kg insubsequent cohorts as tolerated. Alternative doses (intermediate orhigher) or dosing schedules may be employed based on clinical safety andPK data. A dose of 2.7 mg/kg was also utilized based on the clinicalsafety and PK data. Based on safety and PK data from dosing every 21days, ABBV-399 will also be administered every 14-days on a 28-dayschedule (starting dose of 1.6 mg/kg). ABBV-399 has been given over 30 ±10 minutes. It is not administered as an intravenous push or bolus.

Combination Therapy Phase

ABBV-399 will be combined with standard doses of erlotinib, cetuximab,bevacizumab or nivolumab starting at an ABBV-399 dose level below theMTD or MAD and then escalated no higher than MTD or MAD determined inthe monotherapy dose-escalation/expansion. Dose limiting toxicitydefinitions will apply to the dose-escalation portion of eachCombination.

Investigational Product: ABBV-399 Dose: Current dose 2.7 mg/kg ofABBV-399 for every 21-day dosing 1.6 mg/kg starting dose of ABBV-399every 14-day dosing Dose for subjects with weight > 100 kg should becalculated for 100 kg Mode of Administration: IV infusion Frequency ofAdministration Every 21 days (21-day Cycle) or Every 14 days (28-dayCycle) Reference Therapy: Erlotinib Dose: 150 mg Mode of Administration:Oral Frequency of Administration Every day Reference Therapy: CetuximabDose: 400 mg/m² initial dose over 120 minutes; then 250 mg/m² over 60minutes Mode of Administration: IV infusion Frequency of AdministrationEvery 7 days Reference Therapy: Bevacizumab Dose: 10 – 15 mg/kg Mode ofAdministration: IV infusion Frequency of Administration Every 21 days(15 mg/kg) or every 14 days (10 mg/kg) Reference Therapy: NivolumabDose: 3 mg/kg Mode of Administration: IV infusion Frequency ofAdministration Every 14 days Duration of Treatment: Subjects withclinical benefit (CR, PR or SD) will be allowed to continue studytreatment with ABBV-399 until disease progression, intolerable sideeffects or for up to 24 months. Subjects with clinical benefit beyond 24months and able to tolerate the drug can continue treatment on anextension study.

16.4. Assessments

Study visits and evaluations will be performed at Screening, and atleast weekly during the first cycle and on Day 1 of each subsequentcycle. Assessments will include limited physical examination,hematology, and chemistry tests prior to all study drug dosing and atFinal Visit. ECGs will be collected at Screening, Cycle 1 Day 1, Cycle 2Day 1 and at the Final Visit. Adverse events, laboratory data and vitalsigns will be assessed throughout the study.

Baseline radiographic tumor assessments with CT (or MRI) of the head,chest, abdomen, and pelvis will be obtained no more than 28 days priorto Cycle 1 Day 1. CT scan (or MRI) will then be repeated approximatelyevery 6 weeks after start of therapy to evaluate the extent of tumorburden. Radiographic tumor assessments will continue until diseaseprogression documented by imaging, start of a new anti cancer therapy,death or withdrawal of consent. Response evaluation will be based onRECIST version 1.1. In addition, the Investigator will evaluate thesubject for evidence of clinical disease progression at each visit.

16.4.1. Biomarker Assessments

Archival tumor tissue (most recent sample is preferred) is required forenrollment on this study. If a subject has local or central lab datashowing cMet overexpression, MET exon 14 mutation or MET amplificationand no archival tumor tissue available, the subject may be eligibleafter discussion with the Medical Monitor. An optional pre- andon-treatment biopsy (any time after the start of therapy) may beobtained from subjects who consent voluntarily if it is safe to do so inthe judgment of the Investigator. Institutional procedures should befollowed to fix and embed freshly collected tissue in paraffin. Tumortissue will be analyzed for cMet protein, MET copy number and otherbiomarkers.

Expression of cMet will be determined by an immunohistochemistry assay(see Example 17); amplification of MET will be determined byfluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) or DNA sequencing of tumor orcirculating tumor DNA (see Example 18). Biospecimens will be collectedat designated time points throughout the study to conduct research withthe intent of identifying biomarkers associated with subject outcome orto better characterize the disease.

16.4.2 Criteria for Evaluation

Efficacy: The efficacy endpoints include objective response rate (ORR)(determined using RECIST version 1.1), progression-free survival (PFS),and duration of overall response (DOR). Radiologic assessments willconsist of CT scans (or MRI in subjects who cannot tolerate contrast)and be performed approximately every 6 weeks after start of therapy toevaluate the extent of tumor burden. Radiographic tumor assessments willcontinue until disease progression documented by imaging, start of a newanti-cancer therapy, death or withdrawal of consentResponse evaluationswill be based on Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors (RECIST)1.1. Eisenhauer EA, Therasse P, Bogaerts B, et al. New responseevaluation criteria in solid tumors: Revised RECIST guideline (version1.1). Eur J Cancer. 2009;45:228-47. Pharmacokinetic: Blood samples forassay of ABBV-399, Total ABT-700 and free MMAE drug levels will be usedto evaluate PK parameters. Blood samples for antidrug antibody (ADA) andneutralizing ADA (nADA) will be collected at designated time pointsthroughout the study and ADA/nADA will be correlated with PK and safetyoutcomes. Safety: Adverse events, laboratory profiles, physical exams,and vital signs will be assessed throughout the study. Adverse eventswill be graded according the National Cancer Institute CommonTerminology Criteria for Adverse Events (NCI CTCAE), version 4.03.Statistical Methods: Efficacy: Analyses of ORR, PFS, and DOR will beperformed for all evaluable dosed subjects. Pharmacokinetic: Serumconcentrations of ABBV-399 and PK parameter values will be tabulated foreach subject and each regimen, and summary statistics will be computedfor each sampling time and each parameter. Safety: The safety ofABBV-399 will be assessed by evaluating the study drug exposure, adverseevents, serious adverse events, all deaths, as well as changes inlaboratory determinations and vital sign parameters.

Efficacy

All efficacy analyses are exploratory in nature. The exploratoryefficacy endpoints include objective response rate (ORR) (determinedusing RECIST version 1.1) progression-free survival (PFS), and durationof response (DOR).

Objective Response Rate

Objective response rate (ORR) is defined as the proportion of subjectswith a confirmed partial or complete response to the treatment. The ORRfor each treatment cohort will be estimated with all the sites pooled.The 2-sided 80% confidence intervals of ORR, as well as of CR and PRrates, will be provided based on the Clopper-Pearson (exact) Method.

Progression-Free Survival

For each subject, the PFS time is defined as the time from the subject’sfirst dose of ABBV-399 to either the subject’s disease progression ordeath, whichever occurs first. Under the situation that neither eventoccurs, the PFS time will be censored at the date of last diseaseassessment. All subjects will be followed to disease progression or upto 24 months for those who continue study drug.

The PFS time for the treatment cohorts will be summarized byKaplan-Meier estimates. The mean and median time with 2-sided 80%confidence intervals will be calculated to describe the time-to-eventdistributions.

Duration of Response

The duration of response (DOR) for a subject is defined as the time fromthe subject’s initial objective response to study drug therapy todisease progression or death, whichever occurs first. If the dates ofdisease progression or death are not available, the DOR will be censoredat the date of last tumor assessment. The DOR will be analyzed in thesame fashion as for PFS.

Tumor Assessments

Baseline radiographic tumor assessment must be performed within 28 daysprior to Cycle 1 Day 1 and will consist of CT (or MRI or non-contrast CTin subjects who cannot tolerate contrast) of the head, chest, abdomen,and pelvis (and other tumor involved regions as clinically indicated).In general, imaging while on therapy with ABBV-399 will occurapproximately every 6 weeks (imaging may be obtained up to 7 days priorto the next dose of drug). For the ABBV-399 combination with nivolumab,the first planned on-therapy imaging will occur at approximately 9 weekswith subsequent imaging approximately every 6 weeks. Imaging must bedone prior to administering the next scheduled dose of ABBV-399.Subjects who discontinue study drug for any reason other thanprogressive disease demonstrated by imaging will be followed until theyhave progressive disease documented by imaging or start new anti-cancertherapy, death or withdraw consent. Imaging will also be performed atthe Final Visit for subjects who have not had documented radiographicprogression by RECIST 1.1 criteria if clinically warranted. Imaging mayalso be performed at other times if the Investigator suspects tumorprogression. Imaging of the brain for metastatic disease will only berepeated if clinically indicated. The same imaging technique should beused throughout the study if possible. The tumor assessment performed atScreening will serve as the baseline for clinical assessment. Changes inmeasurable lesions over the course of therapy will be assessed usingRECIST version 1.1, as described below.

RECIST (Version 1.1) Criteria for Tumor Response

Response criteria will be assessed using RECIST (version 1.1). Changesin the measurable lesions over the course of therapy must be evaluatedusing the criteria listed below.

A. Eligibility

Subjects with measurable disease at Baseline can have objective tumorresponse evaluated by RECIST criteria. Measurable disease is defined bythe presence of at least one measurable lesion. If the measurabledisease is restricted to a solitary lesion, its neoplastic nature shouldbe confirmed by cytology/histology if possible.

B. Measurability

Measurable Lesions Lesions accurately measured in at least one dimensionwith a minimum size of: longest diameter ≥ 10 mm (CT scan slicethickness no greater than 5 mm) 10 mm caliper measurement by clinicalexam Non-Measurable Lesions All other lesions, including small lesions(longest diameter < 10 mm) as well as truly non-measurable lesions.Lesions considered truly non-measurable include: leptomeningeal disease,ascites, pleural/pericardial effusion, inflammatory breast disease,lymphangitic involvement of skin or lung and also abdominal masses thatare not confirmed and followed by imaging techniques. MeasurableMalignant Lymph Nodes To be considered pathologically enlarged andmeasurable, a lymph node must be ≥ 15 mm in short axis when assessed byCT scan (CT scan slice thickness recommended to be no greater than 5mm). At baseline and in follow-up, only the short axis will be measuredand followed. Non-Measurable Malignant Lymph Nodes Pathological lymphnodes with ≥ 10 to < 15 mm short axis.

All measurements should be taken and recorded in metric notation, usingcalipers if clinically assessed. All baseline evaluations should beperformed as closely as possible to the beginning of treatment and notmore than 4 weeks before the beginning of the treatment.

The same method of assessment and the same technique should be used tocharacterize each identified and reported lesion at Baseline and duringfollow-up.

Clinical lesions will only be considered measurable when they aresuperficial (e.g., skin nodules and palpable lymph nodes) and ≥ 10 mmdiameter as assessed using calipers. For the case of skin lesions,documentation by color photography including a ruler to estimate thesize of the lesion is recommended.

C. Methods of Measurement

Conventional CT should be performed with cuts of 5 mm or less in slicethickness contiguously. This applies to tumors of the chest and abdomen.A scale should be incorporated into all radiographic measurements.

Cytology and histology can be used to differentiate between partialresponse (PR) and complete response (CR) in rare cases.

D. Baseline Documentation of “Target” and “Non-Target” Lesions

All measurable lesions up to a maximum of 2 lesions per organ and 5lesions in total, representative of all involved organs should beidentified as target lesions and recorded and measured at Baseline.Tumor lesions situated in a previously irradiated area, or in an areasubjected to other loco-regional therapy, are usually not consideredmeasurable unless there has been demonstrated progression in the lesion.

Lymph nodes merit special mention since they are normal anatomicalstructures which may be visible by imaging even if not involved bytumor. Pathological nodes which are defined as measurable and may beidentified as target lesions must meet the criterion of a short axis of≥ 15 mm by CT scan. Only the short axis of these nodes will contributeto the baseline sum. The short axis of the node is the diameter normallyused by radiologists to judge if a node is involved by solid tumor.Nodal size is normally reported as two dimensions in the plane in whichthe image is obtained (for CT scan this is almost always the axialplane). The smaller of these measures is the short axis. For example, anabdominal node which is reported as being 20 mm × 30 mm has a short axisof 20 mm and qualifies as a malignant, measurable node. In this example,20 mm should be recorded as the node measurement. All other pathologicalnodes (those with short axis ≥ 10 mm but < 15 mm) should be considerednon-target lesions. Nodes that have a short axis < 10 mm are considerednon-pathological and should not be recorded or followed.

A sum of diameters for all target lesions will be calculated andreported as the baseline sum of diameters. If lymph nodes are to beincluded in the sum, then as noted above, only the short axis is addedinto the sum. The baseline sum diameters will be used as reference bywhich to characterize the objective tumor response.

All other lesions (or sites of disease) including pathological lymphnodes should be identified as non-target lesions and should also berecorded at Baseline. Measurements of these lesions are not required,but the presence (stable, increasing or decreasing) or absence of eachshould be noted throughout follow-up.

E. Evaluation of Target Lesions Complete Response (CR)

The disappearance of all target lesions. Any pathological lymph nodes(whether target or non-target) must have reduction in short axis to < 10mm.

Partial Response (PR)

At least a 30% decrease in the sum of diameters of target lesions,taking as reference the baseline sum diameters.

Progressive Disease (PD)

At least a 20% increase in the sum of the diameters of target lesions,taking as reference the smallest sum of diameters recorded since thetreatment started (baseline or after) or the appearance of one or morenew lesions. In addition to the relative increase of 20%, the sum mustalso demonstrate an absolute increase of at least 5 mm.

Stable Disease (SD)

Neither sufficient shrinkage to qualify for PR nor sufficient increaseto qualify for PD, taking as reference the smallest sum of diameterssince the treatment started (baseline or after).

Assessment of Target Lesions

Lymph nodes identified as target lesions should always have the actualshort axis measurement recorded (measured in the same anatomical planeas the baseline examination), even if the nodes regress to below 10 mmon study. This means that when lymph nodes are included as targetlesions, the ‘sum’ of lesions may not be zero even if complete responsecriteria are met, since a normal lymph node is defined as having a shortaxis of < 10 mm. For PR, SD and PD, the actual short axis measurement ofthe nodes is to be included in the sum of target lesions.

All lesions (nodal and non-nodal) recorded at Baseline should have theiractual measurements recorded at each subsequent evaluation, even whenvery small (< 5 mm). However, sometimes target lesions or lymph nodesbecome too small to measure. If it is in the opinion of the radiologistthat the lesion has likely disappeared, the measurement should berecorded as 0 mm. If the lesion is believed to be present, but too smallto measure, a default value of 5 mm should be assigned (as derived fromthe 5 mm CT slice thickness). The measurement of these lesions ispotentially non-reproducible; therefore providing this default valuewill prevent false responses or progression based upon measurementerror.

F. Evaluation of Non-Target Lesions Complete Response (CR)

The disappearance of all non-target lesions and normalization of tumormarker level. All lymph nodes must be non-pathological in size (< 10 mmshort axis).

Non-CR/Non-PD

Persistence of one or more non-target lesion(s) and/or maintenance oftumor marker level above the normal limits.

Progressive Disease (PD)

Unequivocal progression of existing non-target lesions.

In this setting, to achieve ‘unequivocal progression’ on the basis ofnon-target disease, there must be an overall level of substantialworsening in non-target disease such that, even in the presence of SD orPR in target disease, the overall tumor burden has increasedsufficiently to merit discontinuation of therapy. A modest ‘increase’ inthe size of one or more non-target lesions is usually not sufficient toqualify for unequivocal progression status. The designation of overallprogression solely on the basis of change in non-target disease in theface of SD or PR of target disease will therefore be extremely rare.

Note: If the subject discontinues treatment for symptomaticdeterioration, every effort should be made to document objectiveprogression even after discontinuation of treatment.

New Lesions

The appearance of new malignant lesions denotes disease progression.While there are no specific criteria for the identification of newradiographic lesions, the findings of a new lesion should beunequivocal, i.e., not attributable to differences in scanningtechnique, timing of scanning, phase of contrast administration, changein imaging modality or finding thought to represent something other thantumor (e.g., some ‘new’ bone lesions may be simply healing or flare ofpre-existing lesions). A lesion identified on a follow-up study in ananatomical location that was not scanned at Baseline is considered a newlesion and will indicate disease progression. An example of this is thesubject who has visceral disease at Baseline and while on study has a CTor MRI brain ordered which reveals metastases. The subject’s brainmetastases are considered evidence of progressive disease even if he/shedid not have brain imaging at Baseline.

If a new lesion is equivocal (i.e., too small to measure), continuedtherapy and follow-up evaluation will clarify if it represents truly newdisease. If repeat scans confirm there is a new lesion, then progressionshould be declared using the date of the initial scan.

16.5. Results 16.5.1. ABBV-399 Monotherapy Dose-Escalation/ExpansionPhase (Phase 1)

In the 3+3 dose escalation design, ABBV-399 was administered at dosesranging from 0.15 to 3.3 mg/kg once every 21 days to pts with metastaticsolid tumors (NCT02099058). As depicted in FIG. 13 , ABBV-399 wasadministered as an intravenous infusion once every 21 days until diseaseprogression or intolerable toxicity. Dosing began at 0.15 mg/kg andescalated to 0.3, 0.6, 1.2, 1.8, 2.4, 3.0 and 3.3 mg/kg in subsequentcohorts as tolerated. A dose of 2.7 mg/kg of ABBV-399 given every 21days was also evaluated and based on safety and PK, was chosen as thedose for the expansion cohort. Based on safety and PK data from dosingevery 21 days, ABBV-399 will also be administered every 14-days on a28-day schedule (starting dose of 1.6 mg/kg to 2.5 mg/kg in 0.3 mg/kgincremental increases, i.e., 1.6, 1.9, 2.2, and 2.5 mg/kg). Foradministration at 14 or 21 days, ABBV-399 will be given over 30 ± 10minutes. It is not administered as an intravenous push or bolus.

As of Mar. 31, 2016, 48 pts received at least 1 dose of ABBV-399.Dose-proportional increases of area under the curve for ABBV-399 andtotal antibody were observed after single dose administration.Half-lives for ABBV-399 and total antibody were approximately 2-4 days.Dose-limiting toxicity of febrile neutropenia occurred in 1 pt at 3mg/kg and 1 pt (with septic shock) at 3.3 mg/kg. The best percent changein target lesions in patients with at least 1 post-baseline tumorassessment is shown in FIG. 14 . As shown in FIG. 14 (and from data notshown in the figures), best responses to ABBV-399 monotherapy in alltreated patients were: 3/40 (7.5%) partial response, 20/40 (50%)patients with stable disease, and 17/40 (42.5%) patients withprogressive disease. RECIST data was not available for eigh patients dueto clinical progression (4), adverse events (2), withdrawal of consent(1) and death due to pneumonia (1). The three patients with a partialresponse had cMet overexpressing non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC).

A dose of 2.7 mg/kg was chosen for dose-expansion based primarily onsafety and tolerability. For enrollment in this phase of the study,NSCLC subjects were screened for cMet overexpression using an IHC assayutilizing the CONFIRM anti-total cMet (SP44) Rabbit Monoclonal PrimaryAntibody kit purchased from Ventana (REF # 790-4430). Tissue sampleswere scored by determining the percentages of target tissue cellsstaining at various intensity levels of low to high, i.e. IHC score of0, 1+, 2+ or 3+ or an H-score of 0 to 149, 150-224, or 225-300. Thescoring can be done either manually or via the aid of a computer.Details of the IHC assay and scoring are described in Example 17. Thefollowing table shows the number of NSCLC patients prospectivelyscreened and the H-score used to assess cMet overexpression:

Screened H-score 0-149 N (%) H-score 150-224 N (%) H-score 225-300 N (%)Total cMet H-score ≥ 150 N (%) 91 39 (43%) 35 (38%) 17 (19%) 52 (57%)

There were no treatment-related deaths. Treatment-related adverse eventsoccurring in ≥10% of pts (including all dose levels and all grades) werefatigue (22.9%), nausea (20.8%), neuropathy (14.6%), decreased appetite(12.5%), vomiting (12.5%) and hypoalbuminemia (10.4%). Among 16 patientswith cMet+ NSCLC treated with ABBV-399, the results from 11 are shown inFIG. 15 . FIG. 15 is a waterfall plot showing the best percent change intarget lesion in response to ABBV-399 monotherapy based on radiographicdata. As shown in FIG. 15 (and from data not shown in the figure) 3/16treated patients with a partial responses (19%), 6/16 treated patientswith stable disease (37.5%), 2/16 treated patients with radiographicprogressive disease (12.5%), and 5 patients with no available imagingdue to clinical progression (3), withdrawal of consent (1) and death dueto pneumonia (1).

FIG. 16 shows the number of weeks that the 16 patients were on studybefore clinical progression.

16.5.2. Combination Therapy Phase (Phase 1b)

Results from a NSCLC combination therapy trial using ABBV-399 at 2.7mg/kg once every 21 days and erlotinib 150 mg administered orally everyday are shown in FIGS. 17 and 18 . FIG. 17 is a waterfall plot showingthe best percent change in target lesions for 6 patients treated withABBV-399 and erlotinib. As shown in FIG. 17, 2/6 patients achieved apartial response, 1/6 with progressive disease as evidenced by newlesions. FIG. 18 shows the number of weeks the 6 patients were on studybefore clinical progression.

16.5.3. Pre-Treatment Selection for Patients Carrying cMet+ Tumors WithIHC2+/3+ Scores or H-scores ≥ 150 May Significantly Improve TreatmentOutcome

The pre-clinical results with cell lines and xenograft models suggestthat those with an cMet IHC2+/IHC3+ score will be more responsive thanthose with IHC 0/1+. The use of companion diagnostics to aid in thepre-treatment selection of those patients with cMet IHC2/3+ or H-score≥150 cancers would significantly improve overall treatment outcomes andspare patients from treatment that is predicted to be ineffective. Asused herein, the term cMet+ encompasses all tumors that express cMet,regardless of whether or not the cMet is overexpressed. In some cMet+embodiments, the cMet is overexpressed. In some cMet+ embodiments, thecMet is not overexpressed.

Similarly, the results of this ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial suggestthat H-scores of 150 and above, are linked to and can be predictive ofresponse to treatment with an anti-cMet ADC, including ABBV-399.

Without being bound by any theory, preliminary results suggest thattumor heterogeneity may be a limiting factor in the efficacy ofABBV-399. Among those cMet+ tumors with IHC2+ and IHC3+ scores, thereare cancer cells that show none to low cMet expression. Of those, atleast some of the cells that are not killed by a “bystander effect”could repopulate the tumor and impede tumor response. ABBV-399 could becombined with standard of care treatments that inhibit or kill low cMetexpressing tumor cells, not limited to targeted agents like erlotiniband immunotherapies like nivolumab but also standard of carechemotherapy, preferably with non-overlapping toxicity.

Table 9 provides clinical results from the ongoing phase 1 trialcorrelating overall response with H score in NSCLC patients treated withABBV-399 as a monotherapy once every two (Q2W) or three (Q3W) weeks orwith ABBV-399 in combination with erlotinib. The IHC score was obtainedusing the protocol described in Example 17.

TABLE 9 Subject Dose (mg/kg) and Frequency of Administration TumorHistology IHC Score Overall Response 1 2.7 Q3W PLUS ERLOTINIB (150 mgQD) Adenocarcinoma 295 PR 2 2.7 Q3W PLUS ERLOTINIB (150 mg QD)adenocarcinoma 250 PR 3 2.7 Q3W PLUS ERLOTINIB (150 mg QD)adenocarcinoma 270 PR 4 1.6 Q2W adenocarcinoma 280 PR 5 1.9 Q2Wadenocarcinoma 250 CR 6 2.7 Q3W PLUS ERLOTINIB (150 mg QD)adenocarcinoma 250 PR 7 2.7 MG/KG Q3W squamous cell carcinoma 165 PR 82.7 MG/KG Q3W squamous cell carcinoma 185 PR 9 2.7 MG/KG Q3W squamouscell carcinoma 170 PR

As shown in Table 9, four patients with NSCLC adenocarcinomas treatedwith 2.7 mg/kg ABBV-399 once every 3 weeks (Q3W) and erlotinib havingIHC scores of 225 or greater achieved partial responses (PR). Twopatients with NSCLC adenocarcinomas treated once every two weeks withABBV-399 having IHC scores of 225 or greater achieved either a partialresponse or a complete response. Three patients with NSCLC squamous cellcarcinomas treated with 2.7 mg/kg ABBV-399 once every 3 weeks having IHCscores between 150 to 224 achieved partial responses.

Example 17. cMet Immunohistochemistry Assay and the H-Score: The “cMetABBV-ADC Staining Protocol”

There are various methods available in the art for evaluating cMetprotein expression levels by immunohistochemistry (IHC). One of ordinaryskill in the art would have routinely known how to use them and adaptthem to their particular study. Several vendors provide cMet staining asa fee-for-service (see, e.g, Flagship Biosciences L.L.C., ARUPLaboratories, PathGroup Inc.). In this Phase I study, cMet expressionlevels were evaluated using the SP44 anti-cMet mAb from Ventana MedicalSystems, more specifically Ventana’s CONFIRM® anti-total cMet rabbitmonoclonal antibody (Ventana Medical Systems, Inc; cat no. 790-4430), incombination with a Ventana® automated slide stainer (BenchMark ULTRA®)and a Ventana ultraView® Universal DAB detection kit (cat. no. 760-500).The stainings and results were processed by Flagship Biosciences L.L.C.in collaboration with ARUP Laboratories. Positive control tissuesinclude colon adenocarcinomas and lung adenocarcinoma. Negative controltissues include Breast ER100 control, Breast ER13781 control, andHodgkin’s lymphoma CD15-5 control. For purposes of this application,including the claims, the particular assay used in this Phase 1 study isherein referred to as the “cMet ABBV-ADC staining protocol.”

Patient tumor biopsies were fixed in formalin in PBS and embedded inparaffin. Slides were cut at 4 microns, allowed to dry, and then bakedfor 60 minutes at 60° C. Slides were used within 2 weeks of cutting. Theslides were transferred to a BenchMark ULTRA® instrument and thefollowing parameters were selected:

-   Procedure: ultraView® DAB-   Name: cMet CONFIRM®-   Paraffin [selected]-   Deparaffinization [selected]-   Cell Conditioning [selected]-   Conditioner #1 [selected]-   [short - 8 min Conditioning]-   Mild CC1 [selected]-   [harsh - 95 min Conditioning]-   Ab Incubation Temperatures [selected]-   36° C. Ab [selected-   Antibody [selected]-   PREP KIT # [4430] ** 0 H 16 min-   Counterstain [selected]-   HEMATOXILIN [2021] 4 minutes-   Post Counterstain [selected]-   BLUING REAGENT [2037] 4 minutes

When the staining was finished, the slides were removed from theinstrument and rinsed with tap water. The slides were dehydrated asfollows:

Immerse slides in 70% ethanol, 2 changes, 1-2 minutes each.

Immerse slides in 95% ethanol, 1-2 minutes.

Immerse slides in 99% (or absolute) ethanol, 3-5 minutes.

Clear with xylene, 3 changes, 3-5 minutes each.

After dehydration, the slides were coversliped with non-aqueous mountingmedium using glass coverslips.

The following reagents were used in this automated system:

Ventana® cMet CONFIRM® cat. no. 790-4430 (incubation approximately 16minutes at 36° C.)

One 5 ml dispenser of CONFIRM® anti-Total cMet contains approximately48.75 µg of the recombinant rabbit monoclonal antibody SP44 (alsoavailable from other commercial vendors). The antibody is diluted in0.05 M Tris-HCl with 1% carrier protein and 0.10% ProClin 300®(preservative). Total protein concentration of the reagent isapproximately 10 mg/mL. Specific antibody concentration is approximately9.75 µg/mL. There is no known non specific antibody reactivity observedin this product.

Ventana Ultra CC1 buffer cat. no. 950-224

Cell conditioning in Ultra CC1 solution was done at 64° C. for 95minutes.

-   Ventana ultraView® Universtal Detection Kit cat. no. 760-500-   Ventana Hematoxylin II cat. no. 760-2021-   Ventana Bluing Reagent cat. no. 760-2037-   H-Score and IHC Score Determinations

The processed slides were analysed by a board-certified MD pathologist.A scoring guide was used, as provided by the manufacturer (see, e.g.,FIG. 19 ). 10-12 representative areas of each slide were used to deducethe score. Upon evaluating the cMet staining, it was determined that anH-score approach would be the best approach for quantitating cMetexpression. The H-score approach provides optimal data resolution fordetermining variation in intensity and tumor percentage of stainingwithin and among tumor types. It also provides a good tool fordetermining thresholds for positive staining. In this method, thepercentage of cells (0-100) within a tumor with staining intensitiesranging from 0-3+ are provided. This protocol results in staining of thecMet protein both in the cytoplasm and in the cell surface/membrane. Thestaining intensity for each cell in a fixed field of the processed tumorbiopsy is determined, and an individual value is attributed to each cellas follows, depending on the cell surface/membrane staining:

0 = no staining 1+= weak staining 2+= moderate staining 3+= strongstaining

To obtain an H-score, the percentage of tumor cells are multiplied byeach intensity and added together. The maximum H-score is 300 if 100% oftumor cells label with 3+ intensity. The H-score is calculated asfollows:

$\begin{array}{l}{\text{H-score} =} \\\left\lbrack {1\text{x}\left( {\%\text{cells 1+}} \right) + 2\text{x}\left( {\%\text{cells 2+}} \right) + 3\text{x}\left( {\%\text{cells 3+}} \right)} \right\rbrack\end{array}$

This protocol results both in cytoplasmic and membrane cMet staining.For the H-score calculations referred to herein, membrane staining wasused. The final tumor H-score (0-300) score gives more relative weightto higher-intensity membrane staining (3+ cell > 2+ cell > 1+ cell).

FIG. 20 shows exemplary staining results for various tumor H-scores (15,90, 180, and 290) obtained with the “cMet ABBV-ADC staining protocol.”

Each tumor can also be given an IHC score of IHC 0, IHC 1+, IHC 2+, orIHC 3+. While both IHC scores involve 0, 1+, 2+, and 3+ values they arenot to be confused. For the H-score, 0, 1+, 2+, and 3+ values refer tothe intensity of staining of a particular individual cell. For the IHCscore, 0, 1+, 2+, and 3+ values refer to the overall staining of aparticular area of the tumor sample. FIG. 21 shows exemplary stainingresults for various tumor IHC0/1+/2+/3+ scores obtained with the “cMetABBV-ADC staining protocol.”

For the purposes on this disclosure, and following the protocoldescribed herein, if none of the cells in a fixed field are stained, thevalue attributed to the tumor is IHC 0. If the overall level of stainingin a fixed field is low, the value attributed is IHC 1+. If most of thecells in a fixed field exhibit moderate staining, the value attributedis IHC 2+. If most of the cells in a fixed field exhibit strongstaining, the value attributed is IHC 3+.

In another embodiment, and for the purposes on this disclosure, andfollowing the protocol described herein, if none of the cells in a fixedfield are stained, the value attributed to the tumor is IHC 0. If theoverall level of staining in a fixed field is low, the value attributedis IHC 1+. If at least 15% of the cells in a fixed field exhibitmoderate staining, the value attributed is IHC 2+. If at least 15% ofthe cells in a fixed field exhibit strong staining, the value attributedis IHC 3+.

Example 18. Measuring MET Gene Copy Number Amplification

Amplification of the MET gene can improve patient response to cMetinhibitors, including the treatments disclosed herein. A variety ofmethods for measuring MET Gene Amplification have been described in theart. See, e.g., Cappuzzo F, Marchetti A, Skokan M, Rossi E, Gajapathy S,Felicioni L, et al. Increased MET gene copy number negatively affectssurvival of surgically resected non-small-cell lung cancer patients. JClin Oncol 2009;27:1667-74; Koeppen H, Yu W, Zha J, Pandita A, Penuel E,Rangell L, et al. Biomarker analyses from a placebo-controlled phase IIstudy evaluating erlotinib {+/-} onartuzumab in advanced non-small-celllung cancer: MET expression levels are predictive of patient benefit.Clin Cancer Res 2014;20:4488-98.

The preferred method is described as follows and is referred herein asthe “MET/CEP7 cMET amplification method.” Briefly, formalin-fixed,paraffin-embedded tissue blocks, can be submitted to dual-color FISHassays using a MET/CEP7 probe cocktail prepared with a MET DNA (RP11-95120 BAC clone) probe, or using a 319 kb probe constructed from 3bacterial artificial chromosome (BAC) clones that spans the entire METgene on 7q31.1, labeled with SpectrumRed and the SpectrumGreen CEP7(Abbott Molecular). The FISH assays can be performed, for example,according a protocol previously described (Cappuzzo F, Hirsch FR, RossiE, et al. (2005) Epidermal growth factor receptor gene and protein andgefitinib sensitivity in non-small cell lung cancer. J Natl Cancer Inst97:643-655), including pretreatment with 2× sodium chloride-sodiumcitrate buffer at 75° C. and digestion with proteinase K for 7 to 15minutes each, codenaturation at 85° C. for 15 minutes, hybridization forapproximately 36 hours, and rapid posthybridization washes with 2×sodium chloride-sodium citrate buffer/0.4nonyl-phenoxyl-polyethoxylethanol. Signals are enumerated in at least 50tumor nuclei per core, using epifluorescence microscope with singleinterference filters sets for green (FITC), red (Texas red) and blue(DAPI) as well as dual (red/green) and triple (blue, red, green) bandpass filters. For each core, the mean and standard deviation of copynumber per cell of each tested DNA sequence, the percentage of cellswith ≤ 2, 3, and ≥ 4 copies of the MET genes, and the ratio of MET/CEP7(a gene located near the centrosome of the same chromosome). Whenheterogeneous results were detected among the three tested cores, thecore with the highest mean copy number was used to represent the patientin the statistic analyses. For documentation, images were captured usinga CCD camera and merged using dedicated software (CytoVision; GenetixUSA, Boston, MA). MET can be considered amplified when the MET: CEP7signal ratio is ≥ 2.0 or when this ratio is < 2.0 but there are > 20copies of MET signals in more than 10% of the tumor nuclei counted,according to the criteria established by MD Anderson PathologyDepartment based on prior studies. Zeng, ZS, Weiser MR, Kuntz E, ChenCT, Khan SA, Forslund A, et al. cMet gene amplification is associatedwith advanced stage colorectal cancer and liver metastases. Cancer Lett2008;265:258-69. In some studies, it has been reported that the copynumber of the MET gene in relation to CEP7 ranged from 2.05 to 16.14(median 3.48).

Another cMET amplication test is a blood-based test. This can be done byany one of a variety of commercially available reagents such as, forexample, Biocept Liquid Biopsy MET Amplication Test (Biocept), METDetect-R® (Personal Genome Diagnostics), and Guardant360® (GuardantHealth®).

Example 19. Assessing the Presence of Exon 14 Mutation/Skipping of theMET Gene

MET Exon 14 contains the Cbl ubiquitin ligases site on tyrosine residue1003 (Y1003) where ubiquitin is otherwise normally attached to thetyrosine residue and leads to the lysosomal degradation of the cMetprotein. Hence, missense mutation of Y1003 residue or “skipping” of theprotein region that is encoded by MET Exon 14 results in a relativeover-expression of MET protein, enhanced cMet activation and subsequentoncogenesis. Inhibition by MET Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors (TKIs) canresult in clinical benefit in at least NSCLC patients harboring theseMET Exon 14 alterations. Patients carrying any of these mutations canbenefit from the treatments disclosed herein.

Several methods are available to one or ordinary skill in the art todetect mutations in the MET gene. Because a mutation is either presentor not (i.e., it is an absolute value and not a matter of degree), itsdetection is not assay-dependent and any method can be used to detect itin tumor samples. Multiple mutations have been described in Exon 14 ofthe MET gene, many of which have been summarized in Impaired cMetReceptor Degradation Mediated by MET Exon 14 Mutations in Non-Small-CellLung Cancer, Mark M. Awad JCO Mar. 10, 2016:879-881; published online onJan. 19, 2016; 10.1200/JCO.2015.64.2777. This method and the methodsused in references cited therein for identifying additional mutations inExon 14 of cancer samples are incorporated herein by reference in theirentireties. These methods can be used for identifying those particularmutations in cancer samples. Also, this disclosure is directed to anyknown mutation in the Exon 14 gene and is not limited to thoseexemplified herein.

Several splice mutations of Exon 14 have been identified in pulmonaryadenocarcinoma. For example:

MET amplification, protein expression, and mutations in pulmonaryadenocarcinoma. Park S, Koh J, Kim DW, Kim M, Keam B, Kim TM, Jeon YK,Chung DH, Heo DS. Lung Cancer. 2015 Dec;90(3):381-7. doi:10.1016/j.lungcan.2015.10.022. Epub 2015 Oct 27. PMID: 26791796. Thismethod and the methods used in references cited therein for identifyingadditional mutations in Exon 14 of cancer samples are incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties. These methods can be used foridentifying those particular mutations in cancer samples.

Responses to the multitargeted MET/ALK/ROS1 inhibitor crizotinib andco-occurring mutations in lung adenocarcinomas with MET amplification orMET exon 14 skipping mutation. Jorge SE, Schulman S, Freed JA,VanderLaan PA, Rangachari D, Kobayashi SS, Huberman MS, Costa DB. LungCancer. 2015 Dec;90(3):369-74. doi: 10.1016/j.lungcan.2015.10.028. Epub2015 Oct 31. This method and the methods used in references citedtherein for identifying additional mutations in Exon 14 of cancersamples are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. Thesemethods can be used for identifying those particular mutations in cancersamples.

Additional Exon 14 mutations in NSCLC can be detected by the methodsdescribed in the following references:

Next-Generation Sequencing of Pulmonary Sarcomatoid Carcinoma RevealsHigh Frequency of Actionable MET Gene Mutations Exon 14 Xuewen Liu,Yuxia Jia, Mark B. Stoopler, Yufeng Shen, Haiying Cheng, Jinli Chen,Mahesh Mansukhani, Sanjay Koul, Balazs Halmos, and Alain C. Borczuk, JCOMar. 10, 2016:794-802; published online on Jul. 27, 2015. This methodand the methods used in references cited therein for identifyingadditional mutations in Exon 14 of cancer samples are incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties. These methods can be used foridentifying those particular mutations in cancer samples.

MET Exon 14 Mutations in Non-Small-Cell Lung Cancer Are Associated WithAdvanced Age and Stage-Dependent MET Genomic Amplification and cMetOverexpression. Awad MM, Oxnard GR, Jackman DM, Savukoski DO, Hall D,Shivdasani P, Heng JC, Dahlberg SE, Jänne PA, Verma S, Christensen J,Hammerman PS, Sholl LM. J Clin Oncol. 2016 Mar 1;34(7):721-30. doi:10.1200/JCO.2015.63.4600. Epub 2016 Jan 4. This method and the methodsused in references cited therein for identifying additional mutations inExon 14 of cancer samples are incorporated herein by reference in theirentireties. These methods can be used for identifying those particularmutations in cancer samples.

Another MET exon 14 deletion has been reported in gastrointestinalmalignancies. Oncotarget. 2015 Sep 29;6(29):28211-22. doi:10.18632/oncotarget.4721. Gastrointestinal malignancies harboractionable MET exon 14 deletions. Lee J, Ou SH3, Lee JM, Kim HC5, HongM6, Kim SY1, Jang J1, Ahn S6, Kang SY6, Lee S1, Kim ST1, Kim B4, ChoiJ4, Kim KA4, Lee J, Park C Park SH, Park JO, Lim HY, Kang WK, Park K,Park YS, Kim KM. This method and the methods used in references citedtherein for identifying additional mutations in Exon 14 of cancersamples are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. Thesemethods can be used for identifying those particular mutations in cancersamples.

Example 20. Assessing the Presence of Exon 19 Deletions and Exon 21(L858R) Substitutions in the EGFR Gene of Cancer Patients

The two most common EGFR somatic mutations, exon 19 deletions and L858Rmissense mutations, have been associated with in vitro and in vivosensitivity to treatment with the EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors(EGFR-TKI) gefitinib and erlotinib. These two different types ofmutations are responsible for ~85% of all EGFR somatic mutationsidentified in patients with NSCLC. Benefits of the treatments disclosedherein can be observed in patients with Exon 19 deletions and Exon 21L858R substitution.

Several methods have been described in the art for detection Exon 19deletions in cancer samples. Examples of such methods, which areavailable to one of ordinary skill in the art are provided below.Because a mutation is either present or not (i.e., it is an absolutevalue and not a matter of degree), its detection is not assay-dependentand any method can be used to detect it in tumor samples.

A recent review of the literature reporting on the effect of thesemutations in cancer patients is that in EGFR-TKIEGFR-tyrosine kinaseinhibitor treatment in a patient with advanced non-small cell lungcancer and concurrent exon 19 and 21 EGFR mutations: A case report andreview of the literature.Yang Y, Zhang B, Li R, Liu B, Wang L. OncolLett. 2016 May;11(5):3546-3550. Epub 2016 Apr 5. The method used in thisreport and the methods used in references cited therein for identifyingExon 19 deletions and Exon 21 (L858R) substitutions in the EGFR gene inpatients’ cancer samples are incorporated herein by reference in theirentireties.

It has been reported that patients with NSCLC and EGFR exon 19 deletionshave a longer survival following treatment with gefitinib or erlotinibcompared with those with the L858R mutation. Jackman DM, Yeap BY,Sequist LV, et al. (2006) Exon 19 deletion mutations of epidermal growthfactor receptor are associated with prolonged survival in non-small celllung cancer patients treated with gefitinib or erlotinib. Clin CancerRes 12:3908-3914. This reference provides two different methods fordetecting EGFR Exon 19 deletions and L858R mutation. These methods andthe methods used in references cited therein for identifying Exon 19deletions and Exon 21 (L858R) substitutions in the EGFR gene inpatients’ cancer samples are incorporated herein by reference in theirentireties.

All publications, patents, patent applications and other documents citedin this application are hereby incorporated by reference in theirentireties for all purposes to the same extent as if each individualpublication, patent, patent application or other document wereindividually indicated to be incorporated by reference for all purposes.

While various specific embodiments have been illustrated and described,and some are represented below, it will be appreciated that variouschanges can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of theinvention(s).

1. A method of treating a solid tumor cancer that overexpresses cMet,comprising administering to a human subject having said cancer ananti-cMet antibody drug conjugate (“ADC”) in an amount and for a periodof time sufficient to provide a therapeutic benefit.

2. The method of embodiment 1 in which the cMet overexpressing cancer isof a cancer type in which cMet is overexpressed in at least about 10% ofa patient population having the cancer type.

3. The method of embodiment 1 in which a biopsy of the cMetoverexpressing tumor tissue from the subject has an IHC score of 2+and/or an H-score from 150 to 224, when measured according to the cMetABBV-ADC staining protocol.

4. The method of embodiment 1 in which a biopsy of the cMetoverexpressing tumor tissue from the subject has an IHC score of 3+and/or an H-score greater than 225, when measured according to the cMetABBV-ADC staining protocol.

5. The method according to any one of embodiments 1-4 in which the cMetoverexpressing cancer is non-small cell lung cancer (“NSCLC”).

6. The method of embodiment 5, in which the NSCLC is a non-squamousNSCLC.

7. The method of embodiment 5 in which the NSCLC is squamous NSCLC.

8. The method of embodiment 5 in which the histology of the NSCLC isNSCLC-not otherwise specified (NSCLC-NOS).

9. The method of embodiment 1 in which the cancer is colorectal cancer(“CRC”).

10. The method of embodiment 9 in which the histology of the CRC is notspecified.

11. The method of embodiment 10 in which the CRC is an adenocarcinoma.

12. The method of embodiment 1 in which the cancer is head & neck(“H&N”) cancer.

13. The method of embodiment 12 in which the histology of H&N cancer isnot specified.

14. The method of embodiment 1 in which the cancer is pancreatic cancer.

15. The method of embodiment 14 in which the pancreatic cancer is anadenocarcinoma.

16. The method of embodiment 5 in which the cMet overexpressing cancerhas epidermal growth factor receptor (“EGFR”) exon 19 deletions or exon21 (L858R) substitutions as detected by an FDA approved test.

17. The method of embodiment 1 in which the cMet overexpressing canceris resistant to prior treatment with targeted and/or non-targetedchemotherapy.

18. The method of embodiment 1 in which the cMet overexpressing canceris resistant to prior treatment with an anti-cMet antibody.

19. The method of embodiment 1 in which the anti-cMet ADC isadministered as monotherapy.

20. The method of embodiment 1 in which the anti-cMet ADC isadministered adjunctive to an additional anticancer agent, where theadditional agent is administered according to its FDA-approved dosingregimen.

21. The method of embodiment 20 in which the additional anticancer agentis an inhibitor of epidermal growth factor receptor (“EGFR”).

22. The method of embodiment 21 in which the additional anticancer agentis erlotinib.

23. The method of embodiment 20 in which the cMet overexpressing cancerhas EGFR exon 19 deletions or exon 21 (L858R) substitutions as detectedby an FDA-approved test and the additional anticancer agent is aninhibitor of EGFRs having such deletions or substitutions.

24. The method of embodiment 23 in which the additional anticancer agentis afatinib.

25. The method of embodiment 20 in which the cancer is NSCLC.

26. The method of embodiment 25 in which the additional anticancer agentis selected from imatinib (GLEEVEC®), dasatinib (SPRYCE®), nilotinib(TASIGNA®), bosutinib (BOSULIF®), ponatinib (ICLUSIG®), Afatinib(GIOTRIF®), Axitinib (INLYTA®), Crizotinib (XALKORI®), Erlotinib(TARCEVA®), Gefitinib (IRESSA®), Lapatinib (TYVERB®), Nilotinib(TASIGNA®), Pazopanib (VOTRIENT®), Regorafenib (STIVARGA®), Sorafenib(NEXAVAR®), Sunitinib (SUTENT®), toceranib (PALLADIA®), vatalanib, andradotinib (SUPECT®).

27. The method of embodiment 26 in which the additional anticancer agentis an inhibitor of PD1.

28. The method of embodiment 27 in which the inhibitor of PD1 is ananti-PD1 antibody.

29. The method of embodiment 28 in which the anti-PD1 antibody isnivolumab.

30. The method of any one of embodiments 1-29 in which the anti-cMet ADCis administered in an amount ranging from about 0.15 mg/kg to about 3.3mg/kg once every three weeks.

31. The method of embodiment 30 in which the anti-cMet ADC isadministered in an amount of about 2.7 mg/kg.

32. The method of any one of embodiments 1-29 in which the anti-cMet ADCis administered in an amount ranging from about 0.15 mg/kg to about 3.3mg/kg once every two weeks.

33. The method of embodiment 32 in which the anti-cMet ADC isadministered in an amount of about 1.6 mg/kg once every two weeks.

34. The method of embodiment 32 in which the anti-cMet ADC isadministered in an amount of about 1.9 mg/kg once every two weeks.

35. The method of any one of embodiments 1-34 in which the anti-cMet ADCcomprises an anti-cMet antibody linked to a cytostatic and/or cytotoxicagent by way of a linker.

36. The method of embodiment 35 in which the anti-cMet antibody is afull-length antibody.

37. The method of embodiment 35 in which the anti-cMet antibody isinternalized and has an apparent affinity EC₅₀ value lower than about 10nanomol/L, preferably from about 1 picomol/L to 10 nanomol/L.

38. The method of embodiment 35 in which the anti-cMet antibody bindshuman cMet in vitro with an apparent affinity EC₅₀ value of about 0.3nmol/L.

39. The method of embodiment according to any one of embodiments 35through 38 in which the anti-cMet antibody comprises a V_(H) chaincomprising three CDRs, namely V_(H) CDR #1 (SEQ ID NO: 112), V_(H) CDR#2 (SEQ ID NO: 113) and V_(H) CDR #3 (SEQ ID NO: 114); a V_(L) chaincomprising three CDRs, namely V_(L) CDR #1 (SEQ ID NO: 115), V_(L) CDR#2 (SEQ ID NO: 116) and V_(L) CDR #3 (SEQ ID NO: 117); and a modifiedhinge region of SEQ ID NO: 170.

40. The method of embodiment 39 in which the anti-cMet antibody is anIgG1.

41. The method of embodiment 38 in which the anti-cMet antibodycomprises a V_(H) chain of SEQ ID NO: 78; a V_(L) chain of SEQ ID NO:79; and a modified hinge region of SEQ ID NO: 170.

42. The method of embodiment 41 in which the anti-cMet antibody is anIgG1.

43. The method of embodiment 39 in which the anti-cMet antibodycomprises a heavy chain of SEQ ID NO: 86 and a light chain of SEQ ID NO:87.

44. The method of embodiment 39 in which the anti-cMet antibody isABBV399.

45. The method of embodiment 39 in which the anti-cMet antibodycomprises a heavy chain of SEQ ID NO: 171 and a light chain of SEQ IDNO: 172.

46. The method of embodiment 39 in which the anti-cMet antibody isABT-700 (S238C)-PBD.

47. The method of embodiment 38 in which the anti-cMet antibodycomprises the six CDRs of the antibody STI-D0602/STI-0602.

48. The method of embodiment 47 in which the anti-cMet antibody is anIgG1.

49. The method of embodiment 35 in which the anti-cMet antibodycomprises a V_(H) chain of STI-D0602/STI-0602 and a V_(L) chain ofSTI-D0602/STI-0602.

50. The method of embodiment 49 in which the anti-cMet antibody is anIgG1.

51. The method of embodiment 35 in which the linker is cleavable by alysosomal enzyme.

52. The method of embodiment 51 in which the lysosomal enzyme isCathepsin B.

53. The method of embodiment 52 in which the linker comprises a segmentaccording to one or more of structural formulae (IVa), (IVb), (IVc) and(IVd):

-   or a salt thereof, in which:

-   peptide represents a peptide (illustrated C→N and not showing the    carboxy and amino “termini”) cleavable by Cathepsin B;

-   T represents a polymer comprising one or more ethylene glycol units    or an alkylene chain, or combinations thereof;

-   R^(a) is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, sulfonate and methyl    sulfonate;

-   p is an integer ranging from 0 to 5;

-   q is 0 or 1;

-   x is 0 or 1;

-   y is 0 or 1;

-   

-   represents the point of attachment of the linker to the cytotoxic    and/or cytostatic agent; and

-   * represents the point of attachment to the remainder of the linker.

54. The method of embodiment 53 in which peptide is selected from thegroup consisting of Val-Cit; Cit-Val; Ala-Ala; Ala-Cit; Cit-Ala;Asn-Cit; Cit-Asn; Cit-Cit; Val-Glu; Glu-Val; Ser-Cit; Cit-Ser; Lys-Cit;Cit-Lys; Asp-Cit; Cit-Asp; Ala-Val; and Val-Ala and salts thereof.

55. The method of embodiment 51 in which the lysosomal enzyme isβ-glucuronidase.

56. The method of embodiment 35 in which the anti-cMet ADC has anaverage drug-to-antibody ratio (“DAR”) in the range of 0-10.

57. The method of embodiment 35 in which the anti-cMet ADC has anaverage drug-to-antibody ratio (“DAR”) in the range of 1-4.

58. The method of embodiment 57 in which the anti-cMet ADC has a DAR inthe range of 2-4.

59. The method of embodiment 57 in which the anti-cMet ADC has a DAR ofabout 3.1.

60. The method of embodiment 57 in which the anti-cMet ADC has an about1:1 ratio of E2 and E4 ADC.

61. The method of embodiment 57 in which the anti-cMet ADC has a DAR of3.0.

62. The method of embodiment 35 in which the cytostatic and/or cytotoxicagent is a microtubule inhibitor.

63. The method of embodiment 62 in which the microtubule inhibitor is anauristatin.

64. The method of embodiment 63 in which the auristatin is MMAE or MMAF.

65. The method of embodiment 63 in which the auristatin is MMAE.

66. The method of embodiment 35 in which the anti-cMet ADC is a compoundaccording to structural formula (I):

or a salt thereof, in which:

-   D is the cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent;-   L is the linker;-   Ab is the anti-cMet antibody;-   XY represents a covalent linkage linking linker L to antibody Ab;    and-   n has a value ranging from 2 to 8.

67. The method of embodiment 66 in which n has a value of 2, 3 or 4.

68. The method of embodiment 66 in which XY is a linkage formed with anamino group on anti-cMet antibody Ab.

69. The method of embodiment 66 in which XY is an amide or a thiourea.

70. The method of embodiment 66 in which XY is a linkage formed with asulfhydryl group on anti-cMet antibody Ab.

71. The method of embodiment 66 in which XY is a thioether.

72. The method of embodiment 66 in which the compound according tostructural formula (I) has the structure of formula (IIa):

73. The method of embodiment 72 in which anti-cMet antibody Ab isABT-700.

74. The method of embodiment 66 in which the compound of structuralformula (I) has the following structure:

75. The method of embodiment 74 in which anti-cMet antibody Ab isABT-700.

76. The method of embodiment 66 in which the compound according tostructural formula (I) has the structure of formula (IIb):

77. The method of embodiment 76 in which anti-cMet antibody Ab isABT-700.

78. The method of embodiment 66 in which the compound according tostructural formula (I) has the following structure:

79. The method of embodiment 78 in which anti-cMet antibody Ab isABT-700.

80. A method of treating a human patient diagnosed with non-small celllung cancer (“NSCLC”) comprising administering to the patient ananti-cMet antibody drug conjugate (“ADC”) in an amount and for a periodof time sufficient to provide therapeutic benefit.

81. The method of embodiment 80 in which the NSCLC tumor tissue has animmunohistochemistry (“IHC”) H-score of greater than or equal to 150when measured according to the cMet ABBV-ADC staining protocol or an IHCscore of 2+.

82. The method of embodiment 80 in which the NSCLC tumor tissue has animmunohistochemistry (“IHC”) H-score of greater than 225 when measuredaccording to the cMet ABBV-ADC staining protocol or an IHC score of 3+.

83. The method of embodiment 80 in which the NSCLC tumor tissue has anIHC score of 2+ and/or an H-score from 150 to 224, when measuredaccording to the cMet ABBV-ADC staining protocol.

84. The method of embodiment 80 in which the NSCLC tumor tissue has anIHC score of 3+ and/or an H-score greater than 225, when measuredaccording to the cMet ABBV-ADC staining protocol.

85. The method according to any one of embodiments 80, 81, and 94 inwhich the NSCLC is a non-squamous cell carcinoma.

86. The method according to any one of of embodiments 80, 81, and 83 inwhich the NSCLC is a squamous cell carcinoma.

87. The method of embodiment 80 in which the histology of the NSCLC isNSCLC-not otherwise specified (NSCLC-NOS).

88. The method of embodiment 80 in which the NSCLC tumor has epidermalgrowth factor receptor (“EGFR”) exon 19 deletions or exon 21 (L858R)substitutions as detected by and FDA-approved test such as cobas® EGFRMutation Test v2 or the therascreen® EGFR RGQ PCR Kit.

89. The method according to any one of embodiments 80 through 88 inwhich the NSCLC tumor is resistant to prior treatment with a microtubuleinhibitor.

90. The method according to any one of embodiments 80 through 89 inwhich the NSCLC tumor is resistant to prior treatment with an anti-cMetantibody.

91. The method according to any one of embodiments 80 through 90 inwhich the anti-cMet ADC is administered as monotherapy.

92. The method according to any one of embodiments 80 through 91 inwhich the anti-cMet ADC is administered adjunctive to an additionalanticancer agent, where the additional agent is administered accordingto its FDA-approved dosing regimen.

93. The method of embodiment 92 in which the additional anticancer agentis an inhibitor of epidermal growth factor receptor (“EGFR”).

94. The method of embodiment 93 in which the additional anticancer agentis erlotinib, administered once daily.

95. The method of embodiment 92 in which the NSCLC tumor has EGFR exon18 deletions or exon 21 (L858R) substitutions as detected by anFDA-approved test and the additional anticancer agent is an inhibitor ofEGFRs having such deletions or substitutions.

96. The method of embodiment 95 in which the additional anticancer agentis afatinib.

97. The method of embodiment 92 in which the additional anticancer agentis a microtubule inhibitor.

98. The method of embodiment 97 in which the additional anticancer agentis selected from the group consisting of cabazitaxel, colcemid,colchicine, cryptophycin, democolcine, docetaxel, nocodazole,paclitaxel, taccalonolide, taxane and vinblastine.

99. The method of embodiment 92 in which the additional anticancer agentis an inhibitor of PD1.

100. The method of embodiment 99 in which the inhibitor of PD1 is ananti-PD1 antibody.

101. The method of embodiment 100 in which the anti-PD1 antibody isnivolumab.

102. The method of any one of embodiments 80 through 101 in which theanti-cMet ADC is administered in an amount ranging from about 0.15 mg/kgto about 3.3 mg/kg, once every 3 weeks.

103. The method of embodiment 102 in which the anti-cMet ADC isadministered in an amount of about 2.7 mg/kg once every 3 weeks.

104. The method of any one of embodiments 80 through 101 in which theanti-cMet ADC is administered in an amount ranging from about 0.15 mg/kgto about 3.3 mg/kg, once every 2 weeks.

105. The method of embodiment 104 in which the anti-cMet ADC isadministered in an amount of about 1.6 mg/kg, once every 2 weeks. Adddependent to 1.9

106. The method of embodiment 104 in which the anti-cMet ADC isadministered in an amount of about 1.9 mg/kg, once every 2 weeks.

107. The method of any one of embodiments 80 through 105 in which theanti-cMet ADC comprises an anti-cMet antibody linked to a cytostaticand/or cytotoxic agent by way of a linker.

108. The method of embodiment 107 in which the anti-cMet antibody is afull-length antibody.

109. The method of embodiment 109 in which the anti-cMet antibody isinternalized and has an apparent affinity EC₅₀ value lower than about 10nanomol/L, preferably from about 1 picomol/L to 10 nanomol/L.

110. The method of embodiment 109 in which the anti-cMet antibody bindshuman cMet in vitro with an apparent affinity EC₅₀ value of about 0.3nmol/L.

111. The method of embodiment according to any one of embodiments 107through 110 in which the anti-cMet antibody comprises a V_(H) chaincomprising three CDRs, namely V_(H) CDR #1 (SEQ ID NO: 112), V_(H) CDR#2 (SEQ ID NO: 113) and V_(H) CDR #3 (SEQ ID NO: 114); a V_(L) chaincomprising three CDRs, namely V_(L) CDR #1 (SEQ ID NO: 115), V_(L) CDR#2 (SEQ ID NO: 116) and V_(L) CDR #3 (SEQ ID NO: 117); and a modifiedhinge region of SEQ ID NO: 170.

112. The method of embodiment 111 in which the anti-cMet antibody is anIgG1.

113. The method of embodiment 111 in which the anti-cMet antibodycomprises a V_(H) chain of SEQ ID NO: 78; a V_(L) chain of SEQ ID NO:79; and a modified hinge region of SEQ ID NO: 170.

114. The method of embodiment 113 in which the anti-cMet antibody is anIgG1.

115. The method of embodiment 111 in which the anti-cMet antibodycomprises a heavy chain of SEQ ID NO: 86 and a light chain of SEQ ID NO:87.

116. The method of embodiment 111 in which the anti-cMet antibodycomprises a heavy chain of SEQ ID NO: 171 and a light chain of SEQ IDNO: 172.

117. The method of embodiment 110 in which the anti-cMet antibodycomprises comprises the six CDRs of the antibody STI-D0602/STI-0602.

118. The method of embodiment 117 in which the anti-cMet antibody is anIgG1.

119. The method of embodiment 104 in which the anti-cMet antibodycomprises a V_(H) chain of STI-D0602/STI-0602 and a V_(L) chain ofSTI-D0602/STI-0602.

120. The method of embodiment 119 in which the anti-cMet antibody is anIgG1.

121. The method of embodiment 107 in which the linker is cleavable by alysosomal enzyme.

122. The method of embodiment 121 in which the lysosomal enzyme isCathepsin B.

123. The method of embodiment 122 in which the linker comprises asegment according to one or more of structural formulae (IVa), (IVb),(IVc) and (IVd):

-   or a salt thereof, in which:

-   peptide represents a peptide (illustrated C→N and not showing the    carboxy and amino “termini”) cleavable by Cathepsin B;

-   T represents a polymer comprising one or more ethylene glycol units    or an alkylene chain, or combinations thereof;

-   R^(a) is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, sulfonate and methyl    sulfonate;

-   p is an integer ranging from 0 to 5;

-   q is 0 or 1;

-   x is 0 or 1;

-   y is 0 or 1;

-   

-   represents the point of attachment of the linker to the cytotoxic    and/or cytostatic agent; and

-   * represents the point of attachment to the remainder of the linker.

124. The method of embodiment 123 in which peptide is selected from thegroup consisting of Val-Cit; Cit-Val; Ala-Ala; Ala-Cit; Cit-Ala;Asn-Cit; Cit-Asn; Cit-Cit; Val-Glu; Glu-Val; Ser-Cit; Cit-Ser; Lys-Cit;Cit-Lys; Asp-Cit; Cit-Asp; Ala-Val; and Val-Ala and salts thereof.

125. The method of embodiment 121 in which the lysosomal enzyme isβ-glucuronidase.

126. The method of embodiment 107 in which the anti-cMet ADC has anaverage drug-to-antibody ratio (“DAR”) in the range of 0-10.

127. The method of embodiment 107 in which the anti-cMet ADC has anaverage drug-to-antibody ratio (“DAR”) in the range of 1-4.

128. The method of embodiment 127 in which the anti-cMet ADC has a DARin the range of 2-4.

129. The method of embodiment 127 in which the anti-cMet ADC has a DARof about 3.1.

130. The method of embodiment 127 in which the anti-cMet ADC has anabout 1:1 ratio of E2 and E4 ADC.

131. The method of embodiment 127 in which the anti-cMet ADC has a DARof 3.0.

132. The method according to any one of embodiments 107 through 131 inwhich the cytostatic and/or cytotoxic agent is a microtubule inhibitor.

133. The method of embodiment 132 in which the microtubule inhibitor isan auristatin.

134. The method of embodiment 133 in which the auristatin is MMAE orMMAF.

135. The method of embodiment 134 in which the auristatin is MMAE.

136. The method according to any one of embodiments 107 through 135 inwhich the anti-cMet ADC is a compound according to structural formula(I):

-   or a salt thereof, in which:-   D is the cytotoxic and/or cytostatic agent;-   L is the linker;-   Ab is the anti-cMet antibody;-   XY represents a covalent linkage linking linker L to antibody Ab;    and-   n has a value ranging from 2 to 8.

137. The method of embodiment 136 in which n has a value of 2, 3 or 4.

138. The method of embodiment 136 in which XY is a linkage formed withan amino group on anti-cMet antibody Ab.

139. The method of embodiment 136 in which XY is an amide or a thiourea.

140. The method of embodiment 136 in which XY is a linkage formed with asulfhydryl group on anti-cMet antibody Ab.

141. The method of embodiment 136 in which XY is a thioether.

142. The method of embodiment 136 in which the compound according tostructural formula (I) has the structure of formula (IIa):

143. The method of embodiment 142 in which anti-cMet antibody Ab isABT-700.

144. The method of embodiment 136 in which the compound of structuralformula (I) has the following structure:

145. The method of embodiment 144 in which anti-cMet antibody Ab isABT-700.

146. The method of embodiment 136 in which the compound according tostructural formula (I) has the structure of formula (IIb):

147. The method of embodiment 146 in which anti-cMet antibody Ab isABT-700.

148. The method of embodiment 136 in which the compound according tostructural formula (I) has the following structure:

149. The method of embodiment 148 in which anti-cMet antibody Ab isABT-700.

150. A method of treating a human subject having a NSCLC tumor with anIHC score of at least 2+ in at least one tumor biopsy from the subject,comprising administering to the subject an anti-cMet ADC in an amount ofabout 2.7 mg/kg once every two weeks or once every 3 weeks, in which theanti-cMet ADC is a compound according to the following structure:

-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in which n has a    value ranging from 2-4 and Ab is a full-length anti-cMet antibody.

151. The method of embodiment 150 in which the anti-cMet antibody isABT-700.

152. The method of embodiment 151 in which the anti-cMet ADC isadministered as monotherapy.

153. The method of embodiment 150 in which the anti-cMetADC isadministered adjunctive to an additional anticancer agent.

154. The method of embodiment 153 in which the additional anticanceragent is erlotinib.

155. The method of embodiment 153 in which the additional anticanceragent is Nivolumab.

156. The method of embodiment 153 in which the NSCLC tumor has EGFR exon19 deletions or exon 21 (L858R) substitutions as detected by anFDA-approved test and the additional anticancer agent is afatinib.

157. The method of anyone of embodiments 1-34 in which the drug is apyrrolobenzodiazepine (PBD), preferably PBD((S)-2-(4-aminophenyl)-7-methoxy-8-(3-(((S)-7-methoxy-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-5-oxo-5,11a-dihydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo [1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yl)oxy)propoxy)-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-5(11aH)-one);SG2000 (SJG-136;(11aS,11a’S)-8,8′-(propane-1,3-diylbis(oxy))bis(7-methoxy-2-methylene-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-5(11aH)-one))(or SGD-1882).

158. The method of anyone of embodiments 35 through 56 and 62 in whichthe drug is a pyrrolobenzodiazepine (PBD), preferably SGD-1882.

159. The method of anyone of embodiments 66 through 71 and 76 through 78in which the drug is a pyrrolobenzodiazepine (PBD), preferably SGD-1882.

160. The method according to embodiment 66, in which the compound offormula I has the following structure:

-   in which Ab is the antibody and n is 2.

161. The method according to embodiment 160, in which the antibody isABT-700 or ABT-700 (S238C).

162. The method according to anyone of embodiments 80 through 131 inwhich the drug is a pyrrolobenzodiazepine (PBD), preferably SGD-1882.

163. The method according to embodiment 107 in which the cytostaticand/or cytotoxic agent is a DNA minor grove binding crosslinking agent.

164. The method according to embodiment 163, in which the DNA minorgrove binding crosslinking agent is a pyrrolobenzodiazepine (PBD),preferably SGD-1882.

165. The method according to embodiment 107 in which the cMet ADC is thecompound of formula

-   in which Ab is ABT-700 or ABT-700 (S238C) and n is 2.

166. A method of treating a human subject having a NSCLC tumor with anIHC score of at least 2+ in at least one tumor biopsy from the subject,comprising administering to the subject an anti-cMet ADC in an amount ofabout 2.7 mg/kg once every two weeks or once every 3 weeks, in which theanti-cMet ADC is a compound according to the following structure:

-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in which n is 2 and    Ab is a full-length anti-cMet antibody.

167. The method of embodiment 166 in which the anti-cMet antibody isABT-700 or ABT-700 (S238C).

168. The method of embodiment 167 in which the anti-cMet ADC isadministered as monotherapy.

169. The method of embodiment 166 in which the anti-cMetADC isadministered adjunctive to an additional anticancer agent.

170. The method of embodiment 169 in which the additional anticanceragent is erlotinib.

171. The method of embodiment 169 in which the additional anticanceragent is Nivolumab.

172. The method of embodiment 169 in which the NSCLC tumor has EGFR exon19 deletions or exon 21 (L858R) substitutions as detected by anFDA-approved test and the additional anticancer agent is afatinib.

173. A method of treating a human subject having a NSCLC adenocarcinoma,comprising administering to the subject ABBV-399 once every 3 weeks inan amount of about 2.7 mg/kg, in which the adenocarcinoma has an H-scoreof at least 225.

174. A method of treating a human subject having a NSCLC adenocarcinoma,comprising administering to the subject ABBV-399 once every 3 weeks inan amount of about 2.7 mg/kg, in which the adenocarcinoma has an IHCscore of 3+.

175. The method according to any one of embodiments 173 and 174, inwhich ABBV-399 is administered adjunctive to erlotinib, in which the theerlotinib is administered once daily at 150 mg.

176. A method of treating a human subject having a NSCLC squamous cellcarcinoma, comprising administering to the subject ABBV-399 once every 2weeks in an amount of about 1.6 mg/kg, in which the squamous cellcarcinoma has an H-score of from 150 to 224.

177. A method of treating a human subject having a NSCLC adenocarcinoma,comprising administering to the subject ABBV-399 once every 2 weeks inan amount of about 1.6 mg/kg, in which the adenocarcinoma has an IHCscore of 2+.

178. A method of treating a human subject having a NSCLC squamous cellcarcinoma, comprising administering to the subject ABBV-399 once every 2weeks in an amount of about 1.9 mg/kg, in which the squamous cellcarcinoma has an H-score of from 150 to 224.

179. A method of treating a human subject having a NSCLC squamous cellcarcinoma, comprising administering to the subject ABBV-399 once every 2weeks in an amount of about 1.9 mg/kg, in which the squamous cellcarcinoma has an IHC score of 2+.

180. A method of treating a human subject having a NSCLC adenocarcinoma,comprising administering to the subject ABT-700 (S238C)-PBD once every 3weeks in an amount of about 2.7 mg/kg, in which the adenocarcinoma hasan H-score of at least 225.

181. A method of treating a human subject having a NSCLC adenocarcinoma,comprising administering to the subject ABT-700 (S238C)-PBD once every 3weeks in an amount of about 2.7 mg/kg, in which the adenocarcinoma hasan IHC score of 3+.

182. The method according to any one of embodiments 180 and 181, inwhich ABT-700 (S238C)-PBD is administered adjunctive to erlotinib, inwhich the the erlotinib is administered once daily at 150 mg.

183. A method of treating a human subject having a NSCLC squamous cellcarcinoma, comprising administering to the subject ABT-700 (S238C)-PBDonce every 2 weeks in an amount of about 1.6 mg/kg, in which thesquamous cell carcinoma has an H-score of from 150 to 224.

184. A method of treating a human subject having a NSCLC squamous cellcarcinoma, comprising administering to the subject ABT-700 (S238C)-PBDonce every 2 weeks in an amount of about 1.6 mg/kg, in which thesquamous cell carcinoma has an IHC score of 2+.

185. A method of treating a human subject having a NSCLC squamous cellcarcinoma, comprising administering to the subject ABT-700 (S238C)-PBDonce every 2 weeks in an amount of about 1.6 mg/kg, in which thesquamous cell carcinoma has an H-score of from 150 to 224.

186. A method of treating a human subject having a NSCLC squamous cellcarcinoma, comprising administering to the subject ABT-700 (S238C)-PBDonce every 2 weeks in an amount of about 1.9 mg/kg, in which thesquamous cell carcinoma has an IHC score of 2+.

We claim: 1-137. (canceled)
 138. An anti-cMet antibody drug conjugate(“ADC”) consisting of_an anti-cMet antibody (Ab) conjugated tomonomethyl auristatin E (“MMAE”) drugs according to the followingstructure:

wherein the Ab is an IgG antibody consisting of two heavy chains eachconsisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 88 and two lightchains each consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 89, nhas a value of 2, and conjugation of each of the MMAE drugs to the Ab isvia a thioether linkage formed with a sulfhydryl group of a cysteineresidue.
 139. An anti-cMet antibody drug conjugate (“ADC”) consisting ofan anti-cMet antibody (Ab) conjugated to monomethyl auristatin E(“MMAE”) drugs according to the following structure:

wherein the Ab is an IgG antibody consisting of two heavy chains eachconsisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 88 and two lightchains each consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 89, nhas a value of 4, and conjugation of each of the MMAE drugs to the Ab isvia a thioether linkage formed with a sulfhydryl group of a cysteineresidue.
 140. A composition comprising an anti-cMet antibody drugconjugate (“ADC”), wherein the ADC consists of an anti-cMet antibody(Ab) conjugated to monomethyl auristatin E (“MMAE”) drugs according tothe following structure:

wherein the Ab is an IgG antibody consisting of two heavy chains eachconsisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:88 and two lightchains each consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 89, andconjugation of each of the MMAE drugs to the Ab is via a thioetherlinkage formed with a sulfhydryl group of a cysteine residue, andwherein the composition has as an average drug-to-antibody ratio (“DAR”)in the range of 2-4.
 141. The composition of claim 140, having a DAR ofabout 3.